WO2013166654A1 - Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof - Google Patents

Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013166654A1
WO2013166654A1 PCT/CN2012/075185 CN2012075185W WO2013166654A1 WO 2013166654 A1 WO2013166654 A1 WO 2013166654A1 CN 2012075185 W CN2012075185 W CN 2012075185W WO 2013166654 A1 WO2013166654 A1 WO 2013166654A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
tetrahydro
pyrano
mmol
pharmaceutically acceptable
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2012/075185
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Harold G. Selnick
Wenping Li
Eric Hostetler
Kun Liu
Ernest J. Mceachern
Yuanxi Zhou
Zhongyong Wei
Changwei Mu
Yaode Wang
Jiang Chang
Original Assignee
Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.
Alectos Therapeutics Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp., Alectos Therapeutics Inc. filed Critical Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.
Priority to PCT/CN2012/075185 priority Critical patent/WO2013166654A1/en
Priority to CN201380023214.4A priority patent/CN104395323B/en
Priority to RU2014149183A priority patent/RU2707292C2/en
Priority to EP13787989.6A priority patent/EP2847199B1/en
Priority to JP2015511546A priority patent/JP6178843B2/en
Priority to AU2013259892A priority patent/AU2013259892B2/en
Priority to BR112014027724-9A priority patent/BR112014027724B1/en
Priority to PCT/US2013/039377 priority patent/WO2013169576A1/en
Priority to US14/399,146 priority patent/US9611275B2/en
Priority to KR1020147031131A priority patent/KR102108586B1/en
Priority to CA2871920A priority patent/CA2871920C/en
Publication of WO2013166654A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013166654A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04Immunostimulants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis

Definitions

  • NFTs neurofibrillary tangles
  • PHFs paired helical filaments
  • tau Normally tau stabilizes a key cellular network of microtubules that is essential for distributing proteins and nutrients within neurons.
  • tau becomes hyperphosphorylated, disrupting its normal functions, forming PHFs and ultimately aggregating to form NFTs.
  • Six isoforms of tau are found in the human brain. In Alzheimer's disease patients, all six isoforms of tau are found in NFTs, and all are markedly hyperphosphorylated (Goedert et al, Neuron 1992, 8, 159; and Goedert et al, Neuron 1989, 3, 519).
  • O-GlcNAc transferase O-GlcNAc transferase
  • O-GlcNAcase O- linked N-acetylglucosamin-dase
  • HBP hexosamine biosynthetic pathway
  • WO 2006016904 2006 Fulop et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2004, 37, 286; Fulop et al, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A689; and Liu et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2007, 42, 177), trauma hemorrhage (Not et al, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A1471; Yang et al, Shock 2006, 25, 600; and Zou et al, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A1224), hypervolemic shock (Marchase et al, Circulation 2004, 110, 1099) and calcium paradox
  • O- glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-P-D-glucopyranosidase O-GlcNAcase
  • Family 84 of glycoside hydrolases that includes enzymes from organisms as diverse as prokaryotic pathogens to humans (for the family classification of glycoside hydrolases see Coutinho, P.M. & Henrissat, B.
  • O-GlcNAcase appears to have a role in the etiology of several diseases including type II diabetes (Volleller et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 5313; and McClain et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 10695), AD (Griffith, Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1995, 213, 424; Liu et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2004, 101, 10804; and Yao et al, J.
  • O-GlcNAcase More recently O-GlcNAcase has been cloned (Gao et al, supra), partially characterized (Toleman et al, J Biol Chem 2004) and suggested to have additional activity as a histone acetyltransferase (Toleman et al, supra). However, little was known about the catalytic mechanism of this enzyme.
  • HEXA and HEXB encode enzymes catalyzing the hydrolytic cleavage of terminal ⁇ - ⁇ -acetylglucosamine residues from glycoconjugates.
  • the gene products of HEXA and HEXB predominantly yield two dimeric isozymes, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B, respectively.
  • Hexosaminidase A ( ⁇ ), a heterodimeric isozyme is composed of an a- and a ⁇ -subunit.
  • Hexosaminidase B ( ⁇ ) a homodimeric isozyme, is composed of two ⁇ - subunits.
  • STZ has long been used as a diabetogenic compound because it has a particularly detrimental effect on ⁇ -islet cells (Junod et al, Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 1967, 126, 201). STZ exerts its cytotoxic effects through both the alkylation of cellular DNA (Junod et al, supra; and Bennett et al, Cancer Res 1981, 41, 2786) as well as the generation of radical species including nitric oxide (Kroncke et al, Biol Chem Hoppe Seyler 1995, 376, 179).
  • the resulting DNA strand breakage promotes the activation of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) (Yamamoto et al, Nature 1981, 294, 284) with the net effect of depleting cellular NAD+ levels and, ultimately, leading to cell death (Yamada et al, Diabetes 1982, 31, 749; and Burkart et al, Nat Med 1999, 5, 314).
  • PARP poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • Other investigators have proposed instead that STZ toxicity is a consequence of the irreversible inhibition of O-GlcNAcase, which is highly expressed within ⁇ -islet cells (Konrad et al, supra; and Roos, Proc Assoc Am Physicians 1998, 110, 422).
  • NAG-thiazoline has been found to be a potent inhibitor of family 20 hexosaminidases (Knapp et al, supra; and Mark et al, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 10330), and more recently, the family 84 O-GlcNAcases (Macauley et al, supra).
  • family 20 hexosaminidases Knapp et al, supra; and Mark et al, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 10330
  • O-GlcNAcases Macauley et al, supra
  • PUGNAc is another compound that suffers from the same problem of lack of selectivity, yet has enjoyed use as an inhibitor of both human O-GlcNAcase (Dong et al, supra; and Haltiwanger et al, J Biol Chem 1998, 273, 3611) and the family 20 human ⁇ - hexosaminidases (Miller et al, Development 1993, 118, 1279).
  • This molecule developed by Vasella and coworkers, was found to be a potent competitive inhibitor of the ⁇ -N-acetyl- glucosaminidases from Canavalia ensiformis, Mucor rouxii, and the ⁇ -hexosaminidase from bovine kidney (Horsch et al, supra). It has been demonstrated that administration of PUGNAc in a rat model of trauma hemorrhage decreases circulating levels of the pro-inflammatory cytokines TNF a and IL-6 (Zou et al, Shock 2007, 27, 402). It has also been shown that administration of PUGNAc in a cell-based model of lymphocyte activation decreases production of the cytokine IL- 2 (Huang et al, Cellular Immunology 2007, 245, 1). Recent studies have indicated that
  • PUGNAc can be used in an animal model to reduce myocardial infarct size after left coronary artery occlusion (U.J.G. Conference, in US/Japan Gylco 2004 Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, 2004).
  • O-GlcNAc an inhibitor of O-GlcNAcase
  • a rat model of trauma hemorrhage improves cardiac function (Zou et al, Shock 2007, 27, 402; and Zou et al, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A1471).
  • O-GlcNAc levels by treatment with PUGNAc in a cellular model of ischemia/reperfusion injury using neonatal rat ventricular myocytes improved cell viability and reduced necrosis and apoptosis compared to untreated cells (Champattanachai et al, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2007, 292, CI 78).
  • Noninvasive nuclear imaging techniques can be used to obtain basic and diagnostic information about the physiology and biochemistry of a variety of living subjects including experimental animals, normal humans and patients. These techniques rely on the use of sophisticated imaging instrumentation that is capable of detecting radiation emitted from radiotracers administered to such living subjects. The information obtained can be reconstructed to provide planar and tomographic images that reveal distribution of the radiotracer as a function of time. Use of appropriately designed radiotracers can result in images which contain information on the structure, function and most importantly, the physiology and biochemistry of the subject. Much of this information cannot be obtained by other means.
  • radiotracers used in these studies are designed to have defined behaviors in vivo which permit the determination of specific information concerning the physiology or biochemistry of the subject or the effects that various diseases or drugs have on the physiology or biochemistry of the subject.
  • radiotracers are available for obtaining useful information concerning such things as cardiac function, myocardial blood flow, lung perfusion, liver function, brain blood flow, brain regional distribution and function.
  • compounds can be labeled with either positron-or gamma-emitting radionuclides.
  • positron emitting (PET) radionuclides are n C, 18 F, 15 0 and 13 N, all of which are accelerator produced, and have half-lives of 20, 110, 2 and 10 minutes, respectively. These short half-lives endow a number of advantages to their use as tracers to probe biological processes in vivo using PET. Since the half-lives of these
  • radionuclides are so short, it is only feasible to use them at institutions that have an accelerator on site or very close by for their production, thus limiting their use.
  • a small amount of radiotracer is administered to the experimental animal, normal human or patient being tested.
  • the radiotracer then circulates in the blood of the subject and may be absorbed in certain tissues.
  • the radiotracer may be preferentially retained in some of these tissues because of specific enzymatic conversion or by specific binding to macromolecular structures such as proteins.
  • the amount of radiotracer is then non-invasively assessed in the various tissues in the body. The resulting data are analyzed to provide quantitative spatial information of the in vivo biological process for which the tracer was designed.
  • PET gives pharmaceutical research investigators the capability to assess biochemical changes or metabolic effects of a drug candidate in vivo for extended periods of time, and PET can be used to measure drug distribution, thus allowing the evaluation of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of a particular drug candidate under study.
  • PET tracers can be designed and used to quantitate the presence of binding sites in tissues. Consequently, interest in PET tracers for drug development has been expanding based on the development of isotopically labeled biochemicals and
  • Noninvasive nuclear imaging techniques such as PET have been particularly important in providing the ability to study neurological diseases and disorders, including stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, cerebral tumors and Alzheimer's disease.
  • Alzheimer's disease is the most common form of dementia.
  • a PET radiotracer specific O-GlcNAcase would provide a powerful tool in demonstrating target engagement and pharmacodynamic activity and determining optimal doses in preclinical evaluation and clinical trials.
  • Compounds disclosed herein as inhibitors of O- GlcNAcase possess both high potency and high permeability, and thus are useful in the treatment of diseases, disorders, or conditions that would benefit from the inhibition of O-GlcNAcase and reducing NFTs.
  • the invention also provides compounds which when radiolabeled are useful as PET radiotracers for imaging of O-GlcNAcase in vivo.
  • the invention is directed to compounds which are useful as inhibitors of O- GlcNAcase and methods for the use of such O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and pharmaceutical formulations comprising these inhibitors for treatment of certain disorders, including Alzheimer's disease.
  • the invention is also concerned with such radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors for use in binding studies and diagnostic imaging of O-GlcNAcase in mammals.
  • One or more means at least one.
  • Subject means an animal, such as a mammal, e.g., mouse, rat, horse, cow, sheep, goat, dog, cat, pig, monkey, or a human; or avian species, e.g., chicken.
  • compound or “compounds” refers to the compounds discussed herein and includes precursors and derivatives of the compounds, including acyl-protected derivatives, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, precursors, and derivatives.
  • the invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and pharmaceutical compositions including prodrugs of the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation and including, for example, from one to ten carbon atoms, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkyl group.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one double bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond or a double bond.
  • the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkenyl group.
  • Alkoxy means an -O-(Cl-10)alkyl or alkenyl group in which the alkyl or alkenyl group is as previously described.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy.
  • the bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a stable monovalent monocyclic hydrocarbon group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having for example from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and which is saturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless otherwise stated specifically herein, the term “cycloalkyl” is meant to include cycloalkyl groups which are optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Solvate means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non- limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. A “hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule(s) is/are H 2 0.
  • In vivo hydrolysable precursors means an in vivo hydrolysable (or cleavable) ester of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, II, Ila and lib that contains a carboxy or a hydroxy group, e.g., amino acid esters, Ci -6 alkoxymethyl esters like methoxymethyl; Ci -6
  • alkanoyloxymethyl esters like pivaloyloxymethyl; C 3- 8cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy, Ci -6 alkyl esters like acetyl, 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl, acetoxymethoxy, or phosphoramidic cyclic esters.
  • Radionuclides i.e. “detectable isotopes”
  • n C, 13 C, 14 C, 18 F , 2 H and 3 H e.g., n C, 13 C, 14 C, 18 F , 2 H and 3 H.
  • Effective amount include amounts that enable measuring/imaging of O- GlcNAcase in vivo (i.e., diagnostically effective amount), that yield acceptable toxicity and bioavailability levels for pharmaceutical use and/or inhibit or prevent cell degeneration and toxicity associated with NFTs (i.e., therapeutically effective amount).
  • This invention provides compounds of the Formula (I)
  • each R is independently H or C(0)CH 3 ;
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 and -CH 3 , or (c) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 and -CH 3 ; or
  • R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine;
  • R 3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro;
  • R 4 is hydrogen or Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with phenyl
  • R 5 is (A) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (I).
  • the compounds of the invention are highly potent (see Table 2 of the Examples), selective and permeable inhibitors of O-GlcNAcase.
  • the compounds of the present invention also possess enhanced permeability (see Table 3 in the Examples) when compared to the permeability of structurally compounds described in PCT/USl 1/059668, filed November 8, 2011 (see Table 4).
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in providing treatment of neurodegenerative diseases or conditions associated with FT formation such as Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, glaucoma, schizophrenia, cancer and other diseases and disorders as indicated below.
  • isotopically labeled e.g., with a positron emitting
  • radionuclide such as n C
  • certain specifically disclosed compounds are also useful as positron emission tomographic (PET) tracers for imaging O-GlcNAcase in the brain of living humans and experimental animals, i.e., measuring central occupancy of O-GlcNAcase.
  • PET positron emission tomographic
  • Imaging of O- GlcNAcase in turn can aid in defining clinically efficacious doses of an unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor and provide information useful in selecting a drug candidate for clinical development.
  • one or more of the compounds according to the invention exhibit enhanced permeability. Permeability can be assessed using a variety of standard experimental techniques, including without limitation in situ perfusion, ex vivo tissue diffusion, in vitro cell monolayers (e.g. Caco-2 cells, MDCK cells, LLC-PK1 cells), and artificial cell membranes (e.g. PAMPA assay); suitable techniques for measuring effective permeability (P eff ) or apparent peameability (P app ) are reviewed for example by Volpe in The AAPS Journal, 2010, 12(4), 670-678. In some embodiments, one or more of the compounds according to the invention show enhanced permeability when tested in one or more of these assays for determining P eff or P ap p.
  • a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits greater oral absorption. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits greater brain penetration when administered in vivo. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability achieves higher brain concentrations when administered in vivo. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits a higher brain/plasma concentration ratio when administered in vivo.
  • "enhanced permeability” means an increase in measured P eff or P app by any value between 10% and 100%, or of any integer value between 10% and 100%, for example, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, or 3 -fold, or more, as compared to a suitable reference compound disclosed in for example WO 2006/092049 or WO 2008/025170.
  • a suitable reference compound may be, for example, (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol, or
  • “enhanced permeability” means a P ap p value greater than 2 x 10 "6 cm/s in the assay described below for determination of P app in LLC-PK1 cells. In some embodiments, “enhanced permeability” means a P app value greater than 1 x 10 "6 cm/s in the assay described below for determination of P app in LLC-PK1 cells. In alternative embodiments, “enhanced permeability” means a P app value in the range 2 x 10 " cm/s to 30 x 10 " cm/s in the assay described below for determination of P app in LLC-PK1 cells.
  • a compound according to the invention exhibits superior selectivity in inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase.
  • one or more of the compounds according to the invention are more selective for an O-GlcNAcase over a ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • one or more of the compounds selectively inhibit the activity of a mammalian O-GlcNAcase over a mammalian ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase does not substantially inhibit a ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • the ⁇ -hexosaminidase is a mammalian ⁇ -hexosaminidase, such as a rat, mouse or human ⁇ - hexosaminidase.
  • a compound that "selectively" inhibits an O-GlcNAcase is a compound that inhibits the activity or biological function of an O-GlcNAcase, but does not substantially inhibit the activity or biological function of a ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively inhibits the cleavage of 2-acetamido-2-deoxy ⁇ - D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc) from polypeptides.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively binds to an O-GlcNAcase.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase inhibits hyperphosphorylation of a tau protein and/or inhibits formations of FTs.
  • inhibits means a decrease by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or a decrease by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or more. It is to be understood that the inhibiting does not require full inhibition.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase elevates or enhances O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels, in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals.
  • O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels
  • O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals.
  • elevating or “enhancing” is meant an increase by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5 -fold, 10- fold, 15-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase exhibits a selectivity ratio, as described herein, in the range 10 to 100000, or in the range 100 to 100000, or in the range 1000 to 100000, or at least 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 6000, 7000, 10,000, 25,000, 50,000, 75,000, or any value within or about the described range.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen or Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, or Cl-2alkyl or -CH 3 , the alkyl being optionally substituted with 1 to 3 of the aforementioned substituents.
  • R 3 is CI -9, CI -8, CI -7, Cl-6, Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro.
  • R 3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen. In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R 4 is Cl-6, Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl or -CH 3 .
  • R 4 is -CH 3 .
  • R 4 is ethyl optionally substituted with phenyl.
  • R 5 is Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl or -CH 3 optionally substituted with one of the aforementioned substituents.
  • the alkyl of R 5 is substituted with C5-or C6-cycloalkyl.
  • the alkyl of R 5 is optionally substituted with pyridinyl, wherein the pyridinyl is optionally substituted with -CH 3 .
  • the alkyl of R 5 is optionally substituted with phenyl, wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 of the aforementioned substituents.
  • the compounds are of Formula (la) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
  • the compounds are of Formula (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
  • Formula (lb), and R, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (I).
  • R 3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
  • R 3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is phenyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from (1) -N0 2 , (2) -NH 2 , (3) fiuoro, (4) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fiuoro and (5) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fiuoro.
  • R 3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is hydrogen; and
  • R 5 is pyridinyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from 1) fluoro, 2) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and 3) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 1-11, 20-111, 118, 119 and 120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 1-11, 20-111, 118, 119 and 120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 1-11, 20-111, 118, 119 and 120 or a
  • This invention also provides compounds of Formula (II):
  • each R is independently H or C(0)CH 3 ;
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 and -CH 3 , or (c) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 and -CH 3 ; or
  • R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine;
  • R 3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted from 1 to 3 fluoro;
  • R 4 and R 5 are independently hydrogen or CI -6 alkyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, Cl-6alkyl or C3-6cycloalkyl.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, or CI -3 alkyl or -CH 3 ;
  • R 3 is -CH 3 or -CF 3 ;
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or -CH 3 ;
  • R 6 is -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 or cyclopentyl.
  • Formula (II) above may also be represented alternatively as follows:
  • R 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, wherein R, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (II).
  • the compounds are of Formula (Ila) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
  • R, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (II).
  • the compounds are of Formula (lib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
  • the compounds are selected from the group consisting of Examples 12-19, 112-115 and 116 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
  • the compounds of the Formulas (I), (la), (lb), (II), (Ha), and (lib) also include isotopically labeled compounds.
  • Suitable radionuclides i.e. "detectable isotopes” that may be incorporated in compounds of the invention include but are not limited to n C, 13 C, 14 C, 18 F, 2 H and 3 H, and preferably n C.
  • the isotopically labeled compounds of the invention need only to be enriched with a detectable isotope to, or above, the degree which allows detection with a technique suitable for the particular application.
  • the radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radiolabeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radiolabeled compound.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, and in further embodiments these compounds are isotopically labeled with n C.
  • the compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers, chiral axes and chiral planes, and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, with all possible isomers, including optical isomers, being included in the present invention. (See E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (John Wiley and Sons, New York 1994), in particular pages 1119-1190).
  • Salts of the compounds of the invention will be pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • suitable “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salts prepared form pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine caffeine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ 1 - dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine tripropylamine, tromethamine and the
  • Salts of the compounds which are in basic form may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids.
  • Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like.
  • Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric and tartaric acids.
  • the compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties, i.e., the compounds can selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase and exhibit both high potency and high permeability, they may be useful in the treatment or prevention of neurodegenerative diseases, e.g., Alzheimer's disease and other neurodegenerative diseases or conditions and related tauopathies.
  • Related tauopathies include but are not limited to Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment, Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease,
  • Corticobasal degeneration Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP-17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease, Post-encephalitic parkinsonism , Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease, Variant Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease, Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy, Richardson's syndrome
  • the compounds of the invention may also be useful for treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.
  • Other conditions that may be treated are those triggered, affected, or in any other way correlated with levels of O-GlcNAc post-translational protein modification. It is expected that the compounds of this invention may be useful for the treatment of such conditions and in particular, but not limited to, the following for which a association with O-GlcNAc levels on proteins has been established: graft rejection, in particular but not limited to solid organ transplants, such as heart, lung, liver, kidney, and pancreas transplants (e.g.
  • kidney and lung allografts cancer, in particular but not limited to cancer of the breast, lung, prostate, pancreas, colon, rectum, bladder, kidney, ovary; as well as non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and melanoma; epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, or stroke, e.g., for neuroprotection following a stroke.
  • Compounds that selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase activity may also be used for the treatment of diseases that are associated with inflammation, including but not limited to, of an inflammatory disease, an allergy, asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity,
  • interstitial lung disease ILD
  • idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis
  • systemic lupus erythematosus ankylosing spondylitis
  • systemic sclerosis Sjogren's syndrome
  • polymyositis or dermatomyositis systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity response
  • drug allergy insect sting allergy
  • autoimmune disease rheumatoid arthritis
  • psoriatic arthritis multiple sclerosis
  • Guillain-Barre syndrome systemic lupus erythematosus
  • myastenia gravis glomerulonephritis
  • autoimmune thyroiditis graft rejection, allograft rejection, graft- versus-host disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis
  • spondyloarthropathy scleroderma
  • psoriasis T-cell mediated psoriasis
  • inflammatory dermatosis dermatitis, eczema
  • atopic dermatitis allergic contact dermatitis
  • urticaria vasculitis
  • necrotizing cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis
  • eosinphilic myotis eosiniphilic fasciitis, solid organ transplant rejection, heart transplant rejection, lung transplant rejection, liver transplant rejection, kidney transplant rejection, pancreas transplant rejection, kidney allograft, lung allograft, epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, stroke, and neuroprotection.
  • compounds that affects levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with immunosuppression, such as in individuals undergoing chemotherapy, radiation therapy, enhanced wound healing and burn treatment, therapy for autoimmune disease or other drug therapy (e.g., corticosteroid therapy) or combination of conventional drugs used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases and
  • the compounds of this invention may also be useful in the treatment of conditions associated with tissue damage or stress, stimulating cells, or promoting differentiation of cells. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of this invention may be used to provide therapeutic benefit in a variety of conditions or medical procedures involving stress in cardiac tissue, including but not limited to: ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; and stent placement.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used to treat animals, including mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, and monkeys. However, compounds of the invention can also be used in other organisms, such as avian species (e.g., chickens). The compounds of the invention may also be effective for use in humans.
  • the term "subject” or alternatively referred to herein as "patient” is intended to be referred to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment. However, the compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used in the treatment of animals.
  • a "subject” may be a human, non-human primate, rat, mouse, cow, horse, pig, sheep, goat, dog, cat, etc.
  • the subject may be suspected of having or at risk for having a condition requiring modulation of O-GlcNAcase activity.
  • Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment, neuropathy (including peripheral neuropathy, autonomic neuropathy, neuritis, diabetic neuropathy) and cancer is provided, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the compound, salt or ester.
  • a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof is administered concurrently, simultaneously, sequentially or separately with another pharmaceutically active compound or compounds used in Alzheimer's therapies including for example donepezil, memantine, tacrine and equivalents and pharmaceutically active isomer(s) and metabolite(s) thereof.
  • a compound according to the invention, or for use according to the invention may be provided in combination with any other active agents or pharmaceutical compositions where such combined therapy is useful to modulate O-GlcNAcase activity, for example, to treat neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, or immunoregulatory diseases, or any condition described herein.
  • a compound according to the invention, or for use according to the invention may be provided in combination with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Examples of such agents include, without limitation,
  • acetylcholine esterase inhibitors such as Aricept® (Donepezil), Exelon®
  • NMDA receptor antagonists such as Namenda® (Axura®, Akatinol®, Ebixa®,
  • gamma- seer etase inhibitors and/or modulators such as FlurizanTM (Tarenflurbil, MPC- 7869, R-flurbiprofen), LY450139, MK 0752, E2101, BMS-289948, BMS-299897, BMS- 433796, LY-411575, GSI-136, etc.;
  • beta-secretase inhibitors such as ATG-Z1, CTS-21166, MK-8931, etc.
  • alpha- seer etase activators such as NGX267, etc;
  • amyloid- ⁇ aggregation and/or fibrillization inhibitors such as AlzhemedTM (3 APS,
  • Tramiprosate 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-108 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-208 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-108 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-208 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-108 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-208 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AL-208 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • AZD-103 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • PBT2 Cereact
  • ONO-2506PO 2-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid
  • tau aggregation inhibitors such as methylene blue, etc.
  • microtubule stabilizers such as AL-108, AL-208, paclitaxel, etc.
  • RAGE inhibitors such as TTP488, etc.
  • 5-HTla receptor antagonists such as Xaliproden, Lecozotan, etc.
  • 5-HT4 receptor antagonists such as PRX-03410, etc.
  • kinase inhibitors such as SRN-003-556, amfurindamide, LiCl, AZD1080, NP031112, SAR-502250, etc.;
  • humanized monoclonal anti- ⁇ antibodies such as Bapineuzumab (AAB-001),
  • amyloid vaccines such as AN- 1792, ACC-001, etc.
  • neuroprotective agents such as Cerebrolysin, AL-108, AL-208, Huperzine A, etc.;
  • L-type calcium channel antagonists such as MEM- 1003, etc.
  • nicotinic receptor antagonists such as AZD3480, GTS-21, etc.
  • nicotinic receptor agonists such as MEM 3454, Nefiracetam, etc.
  • peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma agonists such as Avandia® (Rosglitazone), etc.;
  • PDE4 inhibitors such as MK-0952, etc.
  • hormone replacement therapy such as estrogen (Premarin), etc.
  • monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors such as NS2330, Rasagiline (Azilect®), TVP-1012, etc.
  • AMP A receptor modulators such as Ampalex (CX 516), etc.
  • nerve growth factors or NGF potentiators such as CERE-110 (AAV-NGF), T-588, T- 817MA, etc.;
  • agents that prevent the release of luteinizing hormone (LH) by the pituitary gland such as leuoprolide (VP-4896), etc.;
  • GABA receptor modulators such as AC-3933, NGD 97-1, CP-457920, etc.;
  • benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonists such as SB-737552 (S-8510), AC-3933, etc.;
  • noradrenaline-releasing agents such as T-588, T-817MA, etc.
  • the O-GlcNAcase inhibitors will generally be administered orally.
  • compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the host undergoing therapy.
  • compositions including the compounds of the invention, or for use according to the invention, are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention.
  • composition as used herein is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • Such term in relation to pharmaceutical composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • compositions of this invention may be used in the form of a pharmaceutical preparation, for example, in solid, semisolid or liquid form, which contains one or more of the compounds of the present invention, as an active ingredient, in admixture with an organic or inorganic carrier or excipient suitable for external, enteral or parenteral applications.
  • the active ingredient may be compounded, for example, with the usual non-toxic,
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for tablets, pellets, capsules, suppositories, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and any other form suitable for use.
  • the carriers which can be used are water, glucose, lactose, gum acacia, gelatin, mannitol, starch paste, magnesium trisilicate, talc, corn starch, keratin, colloidal silica, potato starch, urea and other carriers suitable for use in manufacturing preparations, in solid, semisolid, or liquid form, and in addition auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening and coloring agents and perfumes may be used.
  • the active object compound is included in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of the disease.
  • liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solution, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and emulsions with acceptable oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, or with a solubilizing or emulsifying agent suitable for intravenous use, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin.
  • the invention also provides a method for diagnostic imaging (i.e., measuring central occupancy) of O-GlcNAcase in a mammal, e.g., a rodent, non-human primate or human, which comprises administering to the mammal in need of such diagnostic imaging an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a
  • the invention also provides a method for diagnostic imaging of the brain in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal in need of such diagnostic imaging an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
  • the invention also provides a method for the detection or quantification of O- GlcNAcase in mammalian tissue, e.g., brain, the method comprising contacting the mammalian tissue in which such detection is desired with an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
  • the invention is also, in part, to develop radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors that would be useful not only in traditional exploratory and diagnostic imaging applications, but also be useful in assays, both in vitro and in vivo for labeling the O-GlcNAcase enzyme and for competing with unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors.
  • radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors that would be useful not only in traditional exploratory and diagnostic imaging applications, but also be useful in assays, both in vitro and in vivo for labeling the O-GlcNAcase enzyme and for competing with unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors.
  • a method of determining the plasma concentration/occupancy relationship of an unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor comprises administering to the subject such as a human an effective amount of an isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
  • radionuclides that may be incorporated in the instant compounds include but are not limited to n C, 13 C, 14 C, 18 F and 3 H, and preferably n C.
  • the mammal is e.g., a rodent, a non-human primate or a human.
  • diagnostic imaging of O-GlcNAcase is carried out by performing PET imaging, magnetic resonance imaging, or autoradiography.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of the invention are potentially useful for diagnostic imaging, basic research, and radiotherapeutic applications.
  • diagnostic imaging and radiotherapeutic applications include determining the location, the relative activity or abundance of O-GlcNAcase, radioimmunoassay of O-GlcNAcase, and autoradiography to determine the distribution of O-GlcNAcase in the brain of a mammal.
  • these isotopically labeled compounds in particular the compounds of Examples 118-120 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable esters thereof, when labeled with the positron emitting radionuclide, n C, are useful for PET imaging of O-GlcNAcase in the brain of living humans and experimental animals.
  • These isotopically labeled compounds may be used as research tools to study the interaction of unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors with O-GlcNAcase in vivo via competition between the unlabeled drug and the radiolabeled compound for binding to the enzyme.
  • the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may be used to help define a clinically efficacious dose of an O-GlcNAcase inhibitor.
  • the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors can be used to provide information that is useful for choosing between potential drug candidates for selection for clinical
  • the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may also be used to study the regional distribution and concentration of O-GlcNAcase in the living human brain, as well as the brain of living experimental animals and in tissue samples.
  • the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may also be used to study disease or pharmacologically related changes in O-GlcNAcase
  • PET tracers such as the present radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors which can be used with currently available PET technology to obtain the following information: relationship between level of receptor occupancy by candidate O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and clinical efficacy in subjects; dose selection for clinical trials of O-GlcNAcase prior to initiation of long term clinical studies; comparative potencies of structurally novel O-GlcNAcase inhibitors; investigating the influence of O-GlcNAcase inhibitors on in vivo affinity and density during the treatment of clinical targets with O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and other agents; changes in the density and distribution of O-GlcNAcase during e.g. Alzheimer's disease in its active stages, during effective and ineffective treatment and during remission; and changes in O-GlcNAcase expression and distribution in CNS disorders, imaging neurodegenerative disease where O-GlcNAcase are involved; and the like.
  • the radiolabeled compounds of the invention also have utility in diagnostic imaging with respect to a variety of neurological and psychiatric disorders associated with NFT formation including Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies as described above, glaucoma,
  • the radiolabeled compounds may be administered to mammals, preferably humans, in a pharmaceutical composition, either alone or, preferably, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, optionally with known adjuvants, such as alum, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice.
  • a pharmaceutical composition can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration.
  • radionuclides are generally administered via intravenous injection within less than one hour of their synthesis. This is necessary because of the short half-life of the radionuclides involved (20 and 110 minutes for n C and 18 F, respectively).
  • the amount required for diagnostic imaging will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, and response of the individual subject, as well as the quantity of emission from the radionuclide.
  • an effective amount will be the amount of compound sufficient to produce emissions in the range of from about 1 -10 mCi.
  • administration occurs in an amount of radiolabeled compound of between about 0.005 ⁇ g/kg of body weight to about 50 g/kg of body weight per day, preferably of between 0.02 g/kg of body weight to about 7 g/kg of body weight.
  • a particular analytical dosage that comprises the instant composition includes from about 0.5 ⁇ g to about 100 ⁇ g of the isotopically labeled compound.
  • the dosage comprises from about 1 ⁇ g to about 50 ⁇ g of the isotopically labeled compound.
  • the following illustrative procedure may be utilized when performing PET imaging studies on subjects in the clinic.
  • the subject undergoes a baseline scan as described below, after which the subject is premedicated with unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor for the desired time prior to the day of the experiment and is fasted for at least 12 hours allowing water intake ad libitum.
  • a 20 G two inch venous catheter is inserted into the contralateral ulnar vein for radiotracer administration.
  • the subject is positioned in the PET camera and a tracer dose of [ 15 0] H 2 0 administered via i.v. catheter.
  • the image thus obtained is used to insure that the subject is positioned correctly to include the brain or other areas of interest.
  • the isotopically labeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor e.g., compound labeled with n C ( ⁇ 10 mCi)
  • n C ⁇ 10 mCi
  • regions of interest are drawn on the reconstructed image including, e.g. the brain and the central nervous system. These regions are used to generate time activity curves obtained in the absence of O-GlcNAcase inhibitor or in the presence of the clinical candidate at the various infusion doses examined. Data are expressed as radioactivity per unit time per unit volume ⁇ Ci/cc/mCi injected dose). Inhibition curves are generated from the data obtained in a region of interest obtained starting at 70 minutes post-injection of radiotracer. At this time, clearance of non-specific binding has reached steady state. The ID 50 values are obtained by curve fitting the dose-rate/inhibition curves with equation iii:
  • B is the%-Dose/g of radiotracer in tissues for each dose of clinical candidate
  • Ao is the specifically bound radiotracer in a tissue in the absence of a O-GlcNAcase inhibitor
  • I is the injected dose of antagonist
  • ID 50 is the dose of compound which inhibits 50% of specific radiotracer binding to O-GlcNAcase
  • NS is the amount of non-specifically bond radiotracer.
  • the compounds can be prepared using synthetic chemistry techniques well known in the art (see Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, Katritzky, A. R. and Rees, C. W. eds., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1984) from a precursor of the compounds as outlined below.
  • the isotopically labeled compounds of this invention are prepared by incorporating the
  • isotopes e.g., into the substrate molecule.
  • a source of radioactivity such as a nuclear reactor, a cyclotron and the like.
  • isotopically labeled reagents such as 2 H 2 0, 3 H 3 CI, 14 C 6 H 5 Br, C1CH 2 14 C0C1 and the like, are commercially available.
  • the isotopically labeled reagents are then used in standard organic chemistry synthetic techniques to incorporate the isotope atom, or atoms, into a compound of the invention as described below.
  • the atoms may exhibit their natural isotopic abundances, or one or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particular isotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found in nature.
  • the present invention is meant to include all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of generic Formula (I).
  • different isotopic forms of hydrogen (H) include protium (3 ⁇ 4), deuterium ( 2 H) and tritium ( 3 H). Protium is the predominant hydrogen isotope found in nature.
  • Enriching for deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such as increasing in vivo half-life or reducing dosage requirements, or may provide a compound useful as a standard for characterization of biological samples.
  • Isotopically-enriched compounds within generic Formulas (I), (la), (lb), (II), (Ila) and (lib) can be prepared without undue experimentation by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Schemes and Examples herein using appropriate isotopically-enriched reagents and/or intermediates.
  • reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by Prep-HPLC under the following conditions [(Agilent 1200 prep HPLC): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19 * 50 mm 5 um; mobile phase, water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 45% in 10 min);
  • tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7- bis(benzyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (22 g, 35 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was treated with TBAF (18.4 g, 70 mmol) at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • reaction was quenched by H 2 0 (500 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate A mixture of TBAF (3.2 g, 12 mmol) and 4A molecule sieves (3.2 g) in THF (50 mL) was stirred for 30 min at 0°C, and followed by addition of crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-formyl- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate and TMS-CF 3 (22.1 g, 155 mmol) in THF (100 m
  • H 3 P0 2 (515 mg, 7.8 mmol) and Cu 2 0 (14 mg, 0.1 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture. After additional 1 hour at 5 °C, the reaction was quenched by the saturated aqueous Na 2 C0 3 (35 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x20 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.
  • tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7- bis(allyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (104 g, 197 mmol) in THF (700 mL) was treated with TBAF (77 g, 296 mmol) at 20°C for 6 hours, then the reaction was quenched by water (500 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (5x300 mL).
  • reaction mixture was adjusted to acidic (pH at 3) with hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 mL).
  • dichloromethane 3 x 20 mL
  • the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue , which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20-50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid (600 mg, 58%).
  • Step 1 Synthesis of [1 lC]iodomethane.
  • [1 lC]C02 was produced using a Siemens RDS-111 cyclotron and the [ n C]C0 2 was converted to [ n C]MeI using a GE Medical Systems TRACERlab FCX system.
  • Step 2 [1 lC]MeI (from Step 1, 297 mCi) was trapped in a 0 °C mixture of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)- 2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol (0.42 mg) in DMF (0.25 mL) containing 1 ⁇ of KHMDS (1 M in THF). The reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 90°C, heated for 5 minutes, diluted with 3 ⁇ 40
  • the reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 70°C, heated for 5 minutes, diluted with H2O (0.8 mL) and injected onto the HPLC (XBridge CI 8, 10 X 150 mm, Waters).
  • the mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile (CH 3 CN) (A) and 0.1% ammonium hydroxide (pH 10) (B).
  • the solvent system started with 35% A and 65% B for 0-8 min at 3 mL/min, and then a gradient method was followed. A linear gradient of 35% A to 60% A over 6 min, holding at 60% A for 10 min with a run time of 25 min at 3 mL/min was used.
  • the preparative run was monitored at 254 nm with an Amersham Bioscience (Piscataway, NJ) UV-M II detector and a Bioscan (Missisauga, Ontario, Canada) FlowCount radioactivity detector.
  • the reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 90°C, heated for 4 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool for 2 min. Hydrogen chloride (400
  • the mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile (CH 3 CN) (A) and 0.1% ammonium hydroxide (pH 10) (B). A linear gradient of 30% A 70%B to 90% A 10% B over 15 min at 3 mL/min was used.
  • the production of fluorescent product was measured every 60 sec for 45 min with a Tecan Infinite M200 plate-reader with excitation at 355nM and emission detected at 460nM, with 4-Methylumbelliferone (Sigma M1381) used to produce a standard curve.
  • the slope of product production was determined for each concentration of compound tested and plotted, using standard curve fitting algorithms for sigmoidal dose response curves. The values for a four parameter logistic curve fit of the data was determined.
  • Ki values were determined using the Cheng-Prusoff equation; the Km of O- GlcNAcase for substrate was 0.2 mM. Examples 1 to 120 were tested in the above described assay and exhibited 3 ⁇ 4 values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase in the range 0.1 nM-10 ⁇ .
  • Example 117 is a synthetic intermediate and does not possess inhibitory activity in the aforementioned range.
  • O-GlcNAcase which removes O-GlcNAc from cellular proteins, results in an increase in the level of O-GlcNAcylated protein in cells.
  • An increase in O- GlcNAcylated protein can be measured by an antibody, such as RL-2, that binds to O- GlcNAcylated protein.
  • the amount of O-GlcNAcylated protein:RL2 antibody interaction can be measured by enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) procedures.
  • tissue culture cell lines expressing endogenous levels of O- GlcNAcase, can be utilized; examples include rat PC-12, and human U-87, or SK-N-SH cells.
  • rat PC-12 cells were plated in 96-well plates with approximately 10,000 cells / well.
  • Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO, either 2 or 10 mM stock solution, and then diluted with DMSO and water in a two-step process using a Tecan workstation. Cells were treated with diluted compounds for 24 hours (5.4 ⁇ into 200 ⁇ .
  • the ELISA portion of the assay was performed in a black Maxisorp 96-well plate that was coated overnight at 4°C with 100 ⁇ , /well of the cell lysate (1 : 10 dilution of the lysate with PBS containing protease inhibitors, phosphatase inhibitors, and PMSF. The following day the wells were washed 3 times with 300 ⁇ , /well of Wash buffer (Tris-buffered saline with 0.1% Tween 20). The wells were blocked with 100 ⁇ , /well Blocking buffer (Tris buffered saline w/0.05% Tween 20 and 2.5% Bovine serum albumin). Each well was then washed two times with 300 ul/well of wash buffer.
  • the anti O-GlcNAc antibody RL-2 (Abeam, Cambridge, MA), diluted 1 : 1000 in blocking buffer, was added at 100 ⁇ /well. The plate was sealed and incubated at 37°C for 2 hr with gentle shaking. The wells were then washed 3 -times with 300 ⁇ /well wash buffer. To detect the amount of RL-2 bound horse-radish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated goat anti-mouse secondary antibody (diluted 1 :3000 in blocking buffer) was added at 100 ⁇ , /well. The plate was incubated for 60 min at 37°C with gentle shaking. Each well was then washed 3- times with 300 ⁇ /well wash buffer.
  • HRP horse-radish peroxidase
  • the detection reagent was added, 100 ⁇ , /well of Amplex Ultra RED reagent (prepared by adding 30 ⁇ of 10 mM Amplex Ultra Red stock solution to 10 ml PBS with 18 ⁇ , 3% hydrogen peroxide, H2O2). The detection reaction was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature and then read with excitation at 530 nm and emission at 590 nm.
  • Amplex Ultra RED reagent prepared by adding 30 ⁇ of 10 mM Amplex Ultra Red stock solution to 10 ml PBS with 18 ⁇ , 3% hydrogen peroxide, H2O2.
  • LLC-PKl cells Bi-directional transport was evaluated in LLC-PKl cells in order to determine apparent permeability (P app ). LLC-PKl cells can form a tight monolayer and therefore can be used to assess vectorial transport of compounds from basolateral to apical (B— >A) and from apical to basolateral (A— » B).
  • P app was expressed as 10 "6 cm/s.
  • Table 4 shows O-GlcNAcase inhibitory activity and permeability for structurally similar compounds described in PCT/USl 1/059668
  • Table 4 shows O-GlcNAcase inhibitory activity and permeability for structurally similar compounds described in PCT/USl 1/059668

Abstract

Disclosed are compounds of Formula (I), wherein each substituent of Formula (I) is defined as in the specification, pharmaceutical formulations comprising these compounds which are useful as 0-linked N-acetylglucosaminidase (O-GlcNAcase) inhibitors, and thus are useful for the treatment of certain disorders such as Alzheimer' s disease including reducing NFTs and/or hyperphosphorylated tau. Also disclosed is the use of the compounds as O-GlcNAcase imaging agents.

Description

PERMEABLE GLYCOSIDASE INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
It is well established that Alzheimer's disease and a number of related tauopathies including Downs' syndrome, Pick's disease, Niemann-Pick Type C disease, and Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis are characterized, in part, by the development of neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs). These NFTs are aggregates of paired helical filaments (PHFs) and are composed of an abnormal form of the cytoskeletal protein "tau". Normally tau stabilizes a key cellular network of microtubules that is essential for distributing proteins and nutrients within neurons. In
Alzheimer's disease patients, however, tau becomes hyperphosphorylated, disrupting its normal functions, forming PHFs and ultimately aggregating to form NFTs. Six isoforms of tau are found in the human brain. In Alzheimer's disease patients, all six isoforms of tau are found in NFTs, and all are markedly hyperphosphorylated (Goedert et al, Neuron 1992, 8, 159; and Goedert et al, Neuron 1989, 3, 519).
Tau in healthy brain tissue bears only 2 or 3 phosphate groups, whereas those found in the brains of Alzheimer's disease subjects bear, on average, 8 phosphate groups (Kopke et al, J Biol Chem 1993, 268, 24374; and Ksiezak-Reding et al, Brain Res 1992, 597, 209). A clear parallel between NFT levels in the brains of Alzheimer's disease patients and the severity of dementia strongly supports a key role for tau dysfunction in Alzheimer's disease (Arriagada et al, Neurology 1992, 42, 631; Riley et al, Ann Neurol 2002, 51, 567; and Alafuzoff et al, Acta Neuropathol (Berl) 1987, 74, 209). Accordingly, approaches aimed at reducing NFTs and/or hyperphosphorylated tau represent potential disease modifying treatments for Alzheimer's disease.
It is also well-established that a wide range of cellular proteins, both nuclear and cytoplasmic, are post-translationally modified by the addition of the monosaccharide 2-acetamido- 2-deoxy-P-D-glucopyranoside (β-Ν-acetylglucosamine) which is attached via an O-glycosidic linkage (Torres et al, J Biol Chem 1984, 259, 3308). This modification is generally referred to as O-linked N-acetylglucosamine or O-GlcNAc. The enzyme responsible for post-translationally linking β-Ν-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) to specific serine and threonine residues of numerous nucleocytoplasmic proteins is O-GlcNAc transferase (OGT) (Haltiwanger et al, J Biol Chem 1990, 265, 2563; Kreppel et al, J Biol Chem 1997, 272, 9308; Lubas et al, J Biol Chem 1997, 272, 9316; and Lubas et al, J Biol Chem 2000, 275, 10983). A second enzyme, known as O- linked N-acetylglucosamin-dase (O-GlcNAcase) (Dong et al, J Biol Chem 1994, 269, 19321; and Gao et al, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 9838) removes this post-translational modification to liberate proteins making the O-GlcN Ac-modification a dynamic cycle occurring several times during the lifetime of a protein (Roquemore et al, Biochemistry 1996, 35, 3578). It has recently emerged that phosphate levels of tau are regulated, in part, by the levels of O-Glc-NAc on tau. The presence of O-GlcNAc on tau has stimulated studies that correlate O-GlcNAc levels with tau phosphorylation levels. In this regard, it has been found that increases in phosphorylation levels result in decreased O-GlcNAc levels and conversely, increased O-GlcNAc levels correlate with decreased phosphorylation levels (Griffith et al, Eur J Biochem 1999, 262, 824). Hyperphosphorylated tau in human Alzheimer's disease brains has markedly lower levels of O-GlcNAc than are found in healthy human brains (Liu et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2004, 101, 10804).
Very recently, it has been shown that O-GlcNAc levels of soluble tau protein from human brains affected with Alzheimer's disease are markedly lower than those from healthy brain (Liu et al, Brain, 2009, 132, 1820).
Recent studies (Yuzwa et al, Nat Chem Biol 2008, 4, 483) support the therapeutic potential of small-molecule O-GlcNAcase inhibitors to limit tau hyperphosphorylation for treatment of Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies. Specifically, the O-GlcNAcase inhibitor thiamet-G has been implicated in the reduction of tau phosphorylation in cultured PC- 12 cells at pathologically relevant sites and in the brains of animals after in vivo administration of this inhibitor (Yuzwa et al, supra). Accordingly, O-GlcNAcase inhibitors are widely recognized as a valid therapeutic approach to reduce hyperphosphorylation of tau and formation of FTs.
There is also a large body of evidence indicating that increased levels of O-GlcNAc protein modification provides protection against pathogenic effects of stress in cardiac tissue, including stress caused by ischemia, hemorrhage, hypervolemic shock, and calcium paradox. For example, activation of the hexosamine biosynthetic pathway (HBP) by administration of glucosamine has been demonstrated to exert a protective effect in animals models of
ischemia/reperfusion (Bounelis et al, Shock 2004, 21 170 Suppl. 2, 58; Fulop et al, Circulation Research 2005, 97, E28; Liu et al, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A317; Marchase et al, PCT Int. App. WO 2006016904 2006; Fulop et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2004, 37, 286; Fulop et al, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A689; and Liu et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2007, 42, 177), trauma hemorrhage (Not et al, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A1471; Yang et al, Shock 2006, 25, 600; and Zou et al, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A1224), hypervolemic shock (Marchase et al, Circulation 2004, 110, 1099) and calcium paradox
(Bounelis et al, supra; and Liu et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2006, 40, 303). Moreover, strong evidence indicates that these cardioprotective effects are mediated by elevated levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification (Bounelis et al, supra; Fulop et al, Circulation Research 2005, 97, E28; Marchase et al, 2006, supra; Liu et al, 2007, supra; Yang et al, supra; Liu et al, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2006, 40, 303; Liu et al, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A691; Nagy et al, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2006, 290, C57; and Fulop et al, Cardiovascular Research 2007, 73, 288). There is also evidence that the O- GlcNAc modification plays a role in a variety of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease (Lefebvre et al, Expert Review of Proteomics 2005, 2, 265).
Humans have three genes encoding enzymes that cleave terminal β-Ν-acetyl- glucosamine residues from glycoconjugates. The first of these encodes the enzyme O- glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-P-D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase) as is indicated above. O-GlcNAcase is a member of family 84 of glycoside hydrolases that includes enzymes from organisms as diverse as prokaryotic pathogens to humans (for the family classification of glycoside hydrolases see Coutinho, P.M. & Henrissat, B. (1999) Carbohydrate-Active Enzymes server at URL: http://afmb.cnrs-mrs.fr/CAZY/ (Henrissat et al, Biochem J 1996, 316 (PT2), 695; and Henrissat et al, 1993, supra). O-GlcNAcase acts to hydrolyse O-GlcNAc off of serine and threonine residues of post-translationally modified proteins (Torres et al, supra; Dong et al, supra; Gao et al., supra; Wells et al, Science 2001, 291, 2376; and Hanover, Faseb Journal 2001, 15, 1865). Consistent with the presence of O-GlcNAc on many intracellular proteins, the enzyme O-GlcNAcase appears to have a role in the etiology of several diseases including type II diabetes (Volleller et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 5313; and McClain et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 10695), AD (Griffith, Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1995, 213, 424; Liu et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2004, 101, 10804; and Yao et al, J. Neurosci 1998, 18, 2399) and cancer (Chou et al, Adv Exp Med Biol 2001, 491, 413; and Yang et al, Nature Cell Biology 2006, 8, 1054). Although O-GlcNAcase was likely isolated earlier on (Braidman et al, Biochem J 1974, 143, 295; and Ueno et al, Biochim Biophys Acta 1991, 1074, 79), about 20 years elapsed before its biochemical role in acting to cleave O-GlcNAc from serine and threonine residues of proteins was understood (Dong et al, supra). More recently O-GlcNAcase has been cloned (Gao et al, supra), partially characterized (Toleman et al, J Biol Chem 2004) and suggested to have additional activity as a histone acetyltransferase (Toleman et al, supra). However, little was known about the catalytic mechanism of this enzyme.
The other two genes, HEXA and HEXB, encode enzymes catalyzing the hydrolytic cleavage of terminal β-Ν-acetylglucosamine residues from glycoconjugates. The gene products of HEXA and HEXB predominantly yield two dimeric isozymes, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B, respectively. Hexosaminidase A (αβ), a heterodimeric isozyme, is composed of an a- and a β-subunit. Hexosaminidase B (ββ), a homodimeric isozyme, is composed of two β- subunits. The two subunits, a- and β-, bear a high level of sequence identity. Both of these enzymes are classified as members of family 20 of glycoside hydrolases and are normally localized within lysosomes. The proper functioning of these lysosomal β-hexosaminidases is critical for human development, a fact that is underscored by the tragic genetic illnesses, Tay-Sach's and Sandhoff diseases which stem from a dysfunction in, respectively, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B (Triggs-Raine et al, Adv Genet, 2001, 44, 199). These enzymatic deficiencies cause an accumulation of glycolipids and glycoconjugates in the lysosomes resulting in neurological impairment and deformation. The deleterious effects of accumulation of gangliosides at the organismal level are still being uncovered (Zhou et al, Science 2004).
As a result of the biological importance of these β-N-acetyl-glucosaminidases, small molecule inhibitors of glycosidases (Legler et al, Biochim Biophys Acta 1992, 1080, 89; Horsch et al, Eur J. Biochem 1991, 197, 815; Liu et al, Chem Biol 2001, 8, 701; and Knapp et al, J Am Chem Soc 1996, 118, 6804) have received a great deal of attention (Lillelund et al, Chem Rev 2002, 102, 515), both as tools for elucidating the role of these enzymes in biological processes and in developing potential therapeutic applications. The control of glycosidase function using small molecules offers several advantages over genetic knockout studies including the ability to rapidly vary doses or to entirely withdraw treatment.
However, a major challenge in developing inhibitors for blocking the function of mammalian glycosidases, including O-GlcNAcase, is the large number of functionally related enzymes present in tissues of higher eukaryotes. Accordingly, the use of non-selective inhibitors in studying the cellular and organismal physiological role of one particular enzyme is complicated because complex phenotypes arise from the concomitant inhibition of such functionally related enzymes. In the case of β-Ν-acetylglucosaminidases, existing compounds that act to block O- GlcNAcase function are non-specific and act potently to inhibit the lysosomal β-hexosaminidases.
A few of the better characterized inhibitors of β-N-acetyl-glucosaminidases which have been used in studies of O-GlcNAc post-translational modification within both cells and tissues are streptozotocin (STZ), 2'-methyl-a-D-glucopyrano-[2, l-<JJ-A2'-thiazoline (NAG- thiazoline) and O-(2-acetamido-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranosylidene)amino N-phenylcarbamate (PUGNAc) (Vosseller et al, supra; Konrad et al, Biochem J 2001, 356, 31; Liu et al, J
Neurochem 2004, 89, 1044; Parker et al, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 20636; and Arias et al, Diabetes 2004, 53, 921).
STZ has long been used as a diabetogenic compound because it has a particularly detrimental effect on β-islet cells (Junod et al, Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 1967, 126, 201). STZ exerts its cytotoxic effects through both the alkylation of cellular DNA (Junod et al, supra; and Bennett et al, Cancer Res 1981, 41, 2786) as well as the generation of radical species including nitric oxide (Kroncke et al, Biol Chem Hoppe Seyler 1995, 376, 179). The resulting DNA strand breakage promotes the activation of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) (Yamamoto et al, Nature 1981, 294, 284) with the net effect of depleting cellular NAD+ levels and, ultimately, leading to cell death (Yamada et al, Diabetes 1982, 31, 749; and Burkart et al, Nat Med 1999, 5, 314). Other investigators have proposed instead that STZ toxicity is a consequence of the irreversible inhibition of O-GlcNAcase, which is highly expressed within β-islet cells (Konrad et al, supra; and Roos, Proc Assoc Am Physicians 1998, 110, 422). This hypothesis has, however, been brought into question by two independent research groups (Gao et al, Arch Biochem Biophys 2000, 383, 296; and Okuyama et al, Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2001, 287, 366). Because cellular O-GlcNAc levels on proteins increase in response to many forms of cellular stress (Zachara et al, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 30133) it seems possible that STZ results in increased O-GlcNAc-modification levels on proteins by inducing cellular stress rather than through any specific and direct action on O-GlcNAcase. Indeed, Hanover and coworkers have shown that STZ functions as a poor and somewhat selective inhibitor of O-GlcNAcase (Hanover et al, Arch Biochem Biophys 1999, 362, 38) and although it has been proposed by others that STZ acts to irreversibly inhibit O-GlcNAcase (Liu et al, Mol Cell Endocrinol 2002, 194, 135), there has been no clear demonstration of this mode of action. Recently, it has been shown that STZ does not irreversibly inhibit O-GlcNAcase (Macauley et al, J Biol Chem 2005, 280, 25313).
NAG-thiazoline has been found to be a potent inhibitor of family 20 hexosaminidases (Knapp et al, supra; and Mark et al, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 10330), and more recently, the family 84 O-GlcNAcases (Macauley et al, supra). Despite its potency, a downside to using NAG-thiazoline in a complex biological context is that it lacks selectivity and therefore perturbs multiple cellular processes.
PUGNAc is another compound that suffers from the same problem of lack of selectivity, yet has enjoyed use as an inhibitor of both human O-GlcNAcase (Dong et al, supra; and Haltiwanger et al, J Biol Chem 1998, 273, 3611) and the family 20 human β- hexosaminidases (Miller et al, Development 1993, 118, 1279). This molecule, developed by Vasella and coworkers, was found to be a potent competitive inhibitor of the β-N-acetyl- glucosaminidases from Canavalia ensiformis, Mucor rouxii, and the β-hexosaminidase from bovine kidney (Horsch et al, supra). It has been demonstrated that administration of PUGNAc in a rat model of trauma hemorrhage decreases circulating levels of the pro-inflammatory cytokines TNF a and IL-6 (Zou et al, Shock 2007, 27, 402). It has also been shown that administration of PUGNAc in a cell-based model of lymphocyte activation decreases production of the cytokine IL- 2 (Huang et al, Cellular Immunology 2007, 245, 1). Recent studies have indicated that
PUGNAc can be used in an animal model to reduce myocardial infarct size after left coronary artery occlusion (U.J.G. Conference, in US/Japan Gylco 2004 Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, 2004). Of particular significance is the fact that elevation of O-GlcNAc levels by administration of PUGNAc, an inhibitor of O-GlcNAcase, in a rat model of trauma hemorrhage improves cardiac function (Zou et al, Shock 2007, 27, 402; and Zou et al, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A1471). In addition, elevation of O-GlcNAc levels by treatment with PUGNAc in a cellular model of ischemia/reperfusion injury using neonatal rat ventricular myocytes improved cell viability and reduced necrosis and apoptosis compared to untreated cells (Champattanachai et al, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2007, 292, CI 78).
More recently, it has been suggested that the selective O-GlcNAcase inhibitor NButGT exhibits protective activity in cell-based models of ischemia/reperfusion and cellular stresses, including oxidative stress (Champattanachai et al, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2008, 294, CI 509). This study suggests the use of O-GlcNAcase inhibitors to elevate protein O-GlcNAc levels and thereby prevent the pathogenic effects of stress in cardiac tissue.
International patent applications PCT/CA2006/000300, filed 1 March 2006, published under No. W0 2006/092049 on 8 September 2006; PCT/CA2007/001554, filed 31 August 2007, published under No. WO 2008/025170 on 6 March 2008; PCT/CA2009/001087, filed 31 July 2009, published under No. WO 2010/012106 on 4 Februrary 2010;
PCT/CA2009/001088, filed 31 July 2009, published under WO 2010/012107 on 4 Februrary 2010; and PCT/CA2009/001302, filed 16 September 2009, published under WO 2010/037207 on 8 April 2010, describe selective inhibitors of O-GlcNAcase.
Noninvasive nuclear imaging techniques can be used to obtain basic and diagnostic information about the physiology and biochemistry of a variety of living subjects including experimental animals, normal humans and patients. These techniques rely on the use of sophisticated imaging instrumentation that is capable of detecting radiation emitted from radiotracers administered to such living subjects. The information obtained can be reconstructed to provide planar and tomographic images that reveal distribution of the radiotracer as a function of time. Use of appropriately designed radiotracers can result in images which contain information on the structure, function and most importantly, the physiology and biochemistry of the subject. Much of this information cannot be obtained by other means. The radiotracers used in these studies are designed to have defined behaviors in vivo which permit the determination of specific information concerning the physiology or biochemistry of the subject or the effects that various diseases or drugs have on the physiology or biochemistry of the subject. Currently, radiotracers are available for obtaining useful information concerning such things as cardiac function, myocardial blood flow, lung perfusion, liver function, brain blood flow, brain regional distribution and function.
For noninvasive in vivo imaging, compounds can be labeled with either positron-or gamma-emitting radionuclides. The most commonly used positron emitting (PET) radionuclides are nC, 18F, 150 and 13N, all of which are accelerator produced, and have half-lives of 20, 110, 2 and 10 minutes, respectively. These short half-lives endow a number of advantages to their use as tracers to probe biological processes in vivo using PET. Since the half-lives of these
radionuclides are so short, it is only feasible to use them at institutions that have an accelerator on site or very close by for their production, thus limiting their use.
In a typical PET study, a small amount of radiotracer is administered to the experimental animal, normal human or patient being tested. The radiotracer then circulates in the blood of the subject and may be absorbed in certain tissues. The radiotracer may be preferentially retained in some of these tissues because of specific enzymatic conversion or by specific binding to macromolecular structures such as proteins. Using sophisticated imaging instrumentation to detect positron emission, the amount of radiotracer is then non-invasively assessed in the various tissues in the body. The resulting data are analyzed to provide quantitative spatial information of the in vivo biological process for which the tracer was designed. PET gives pharmaceutical research investigators the capability to assess biochemical changes or metabolic effects of a drug candidate in vivo for extended periods of time, and PET can be used to measure drug distribution, thus allowing the evaluation of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of a particular drug candidate under study. Importantly, PET tracers can be designed and used to quantitate the presence of binding sites in tissues. Consequently, interest in PET tracers for drug development has been expanding based on the development of isotopically labeled biochemicals and
appropriate detection devices to detect the radioactivity by external imaging.
Noninvasive nuclear imaging techniques such as PET have been particularly important in providing the ability to study neurological diseases and disorders, including stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, cerebral tumors and Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease is the most common form of dementia. A PET radiotracer specific O-GlcNAcase would provide a powerful tool in demonstrating target engagement and pharmacodynamic activity and determining optimal doses in preclinical evaluation and clinical trials.
Disclosed herein are compounds that selectively inhibit the activity of O- GlcNAcase over the functionally related beta-hexosaminidases A and B, compositions that include the compounds, and methods of their use. Compounds disclosed herein as inhibitors of O- GlcNAcase possess both high potency and high permeability, and thus are useful in the treatment of diseases, disorders, or conditions that would benefit from the inhibition of O-GlcNAcase and reducing NFTs. The invention, also provides compounds which when radiolabeled are useful as PET radiotracers for imaging of O-GlcNAcase in vivo.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention is directed to compounds which are useful as inhibitors of O- GlcNAcase and methods for the use of such O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and pharmaceutical formulations comprising these inhibitors for treatment of certain disorders, including Alzheimer's disease. The invention is also concerned with such radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors for use in binding studies and diagnostic imaging of O-GlcNAcase in mammals.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:
"One or more" means at least one.
"Subject" means an animal, such as a mammal, e.g., mouse, rat, horse, cow, sheep, goat, dog, cat, pig, monkey, or a human; or avian species, e.g., chicken. Throughout this application, it is contemplated that the term "compound" or "compounds" refers to the compounds discussed herein and includes precursors and derivatives of the compounds, including acyl-protected derivatives, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, precursors, and derivatives. The invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and pharmaceutical compositions including prodrugs of the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
"Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation and including, for example, from one to ten carbon atoms, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkyl group.
"Alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one double bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms, such as 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond or a double bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkenyl group.
"Alkoxy" means an -O-(Cl-10)alkyl or alkenyl group in which the alkyl or alkenyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
"Cycloalkyl" refers to a stable monovalent monocyclic hydrocarbon group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having for example from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and which is saturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless otherwise stated specifically herein, the term "cycloalkyl" is meant to include cycloalkyl groups which are optionally substituted as described herein.
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "optionally substituted alkyl" means that the alkyl group may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted alkyl groups and alkyl groups having no substitution.
"Solvate" means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non- limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. A "hydrate" is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule(s) is/are H20.
"In vivo hydrolysable precursors" means an in vivo hydrolysable (or cleavable) ester of a compound of Formula I, la, lb, II, Ila and lib that contains a carboxy or a hydroxy group, e.g., amino acid esters, Ci-6 alkoxymethyl esters like methoxymethyl; Ci-6
alkanoyloxymethyl esters like pivaloyloxymethyl; C3-8cycloalkoxycarbonyloxy, Ci-6 alkyl esters like acetyl, 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl, acetoxymethoxy, or phosphoramidic cyclic esters.
"Isotopically labeled", "radiolabeled", "tracer", or "labeled tracer" compound, refers to a compound where one or more atoms are replaced or substituted by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number typically found in nature (i.e., naturally occurring). Suitable radionuclides (i.e. "detectable isotopes") that may be incorporated in compounds of the present invention include, e.g., nC, 13C, 14C, 18F , 2H and 3H.
"Effective amount" include amounts that enable measuring/imaging of O- GlcNAcase in vivo (i.e., diagnostically effective amount), that yield acceptable toxicity and bioavailability levels for pharmaceutical use and/or inhibit or prevent cell degeneration and toxicity associated with NFTs (i.e., therapeutically effective amount).
This invention provides compounds of the Formula (I)
Figure imgf000011_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, wherein, each R is independently H or C(0)CH3;
R1 and R2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3, or (c) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3; or
R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine; R3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;
R5 is (A) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
(1) fluoro,
(2) morpholino,
(3) C3-6cycloalkyl,
(4) pyridinyl optionally substituted with Cl-6alkyl,
(5) phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from:
(a) fluoro, (b) hydroxy, (c) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro, (d) Cl-6alkenyl, (e) Cl-5alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro, (f) phenyl, (g) phenyloxy, (h) benzyloxy and (i) Cl-lOalkylphenyl;
(B) phenyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from 1) -N02, 2)
NH2 , 3) fluoro, 4) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and 5) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro; and
(C) pyridinyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from 1) fluoro, 2) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and 3) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, Formula (I) above may also be represented alternatively as follows:
Figure imgf000012_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof wherein R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (I).
The compounds of the invention are highly potent (see Table 2 of the Examples), selective and permeable inhibitors of O-GlcNAcase. The compounds of the present invention also possess enhanced permeability (see Table 3 in the Examples) when compared to the permeability of structurally compounds described in PCT/USl 1/059668, filed November 8, 2011 (see Table 4). The compounds of the invention are useful in providing treatment of neurodegenerative diseases or conditions associated with FT formation such as Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, glaucoma, schizophrenia, cancer and other diseases and disorders as indicated below. When isotopically labeled, e.g., with a positron emitting
radionuclide such as nC, certain specifically disclosed compounds are also useful as positron emission tomographic (PET) tracers for imaging O-GlcNAcase in the brain of living humans and experimental animals, i.e., measuring central occupancy of O-GlcNAcase. Imaging of O- GlcNAcase, in turn can aid in defining clinically efficacious doses of an unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor and provide information useful in selecting a drug candidate for clinical development.
In some embodiments, one or more of the compounds according to the invention exhibit enhanced permeability. Permeability can be assessed using a variety of standard experimental techniques, including without limitation in situ perfusion, ex vivo tissue diffusion, in vitro cell monolayers (e.g. Caco-2 cells, MDCK cells, LLC-PK1 cells), and artificial cell membranes (e.g. PAMPA assay); suitable techniques for measuring effective permeability (Peff) or apparent peameability (Papp) are reviewed for example by Volpe in The AAPS Journal, 2010, 12(4), 670-678. In some embodiments, one or more of the compounds according to the invention show enhanced permeability when tested in one or more of these assays for determining Peff or Papp. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits greater oral absorption. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits greater brain penetration when administered in vivo. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability achieves higher brain concentrations when administered in vivo. In some embodiments, a compound that exhibits enhanced permeability exhibits a higher brain/plasma concentration ratio when administered in vivo. In some embodiments, "enhanced permeability" means an increase in measured Peff or Papp by any value between 10% and 100%, or of any integer value between 10% and 100%, for example, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, or 3 -fold, or more, as compared to a suitable reference compound disclosed in for example WO 2006/092049 or WO 2008/025170. A suitable reference compound may be, for example, (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol, or
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol, or (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol. In some embodiments, "enhanced permeability" means a measurable Papp value (i.e. a value greater than zero) in the assay described below for determination of Papp in LLC-PK1 cells. In some embodiments, "enhanced permeability" means a Papp value greater than 2 x 10"6 cm/s in the assay described below for determination of Papp in LLC-PK1 cells. In some embodiments, "enhanced permeability" means a Papp value greater than 1 x 10"6 cm/s in the assay described below for determination of Papp in LLC-PK1 cells. In alternative embodiments, "enhanced permeability" means a Papp value in the range 2 x 10" cm/s to 30 x 10" cm/s in the assay described below for determination of Papp in LLC-PK1 cells.
In some embodiments, a compound according to the invention exhibits superior selectivity in inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, one or more of the compounds according to the invention are more selective for an O-GlcNAcase over a β-hexosaminidase. In some embodiments, one or more of the compounds selectively inhibit the activity of a mammalian O-GlcNAcase over a mammalian β-hexosaminidase. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase does not substantially inhibit a β-hexosaminidase. In some embodiments, the β-hexosaminidase is a mammalian β-hexosaminidase, such as a rat, mouse or human β- hexosaminidase. A compound that "selectively" inhibits an O-GlcNAcase is a compound that inhibits the activity or biological function of an O-GlcNAcase, but does not substantially inhibit the activity or biological function of a β-hexosaminidase. For example, in some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively inhibits the cleavage of 2-acetamido-2-deoxy^- D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc) from polypeptides. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively binds to an O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase inhibits hyperphosphorylation of a tau protein and/or inhibits formations of FTs. By "inhibits," "inhibition" or "inhibiting" means a decrease by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or a decrease by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or more. It is to be understood that the inhibiting does not require full inhibition. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase elevates or enhances O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels, in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals. By "elevating" or "enhancing" is meant an increase by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5 -fold, 10- fold, 15-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold or more. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase exhibits a selectivity ratio, as described herein, in the range 10 to 100000, or in the range 100 to 100000, or in the range 1000 to 100000, or at least 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 6000, 7000, 10,000, 25,000, 50,000, 75,000, or any value within or about the described range.
In an embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen or Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, or Cl-2alkyl or -CH3, the alkyl being optionally substituted with 1 to 3 of the aforementioned substituents.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R3 is CI -9, CI -8, CI -7, Cl-6, Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R4 is hydrogen. In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R4 is Cl-6, Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl or -CH3.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R4 is -CH3.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R4 is ethyl optionally substituted with phenyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), R5 is Cl-5, Cl-4, Cl-3, Cl-2alkyl or -CH3 optionally substituted with one of the aforementioned substituents.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), the alkyl of R5 is substituted with C5-or C6-cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), the alkyl of R5 is optionally substituted with pyridinyl, wherein the pyridinyl is optionally substituted with -CH3.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), the alkyl of R5 is optionally substituted with phenyl, wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 of the aforementioned substituents.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), the compounds are of Formula (la) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
Figure imgf000015_0001
Formula (la), wherein R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (I).
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), the compounds are of Formula (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
Figure imgf000016_0001
Formula (lb), and R, R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (I).
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), (la) and (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof,
R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
(1) fiuoro,
(2) morpholino,
(3) C3-6cycloalkyl,
(4) pyridinyl optionally substituted with Cl-6alkyl,
(5) phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from:
(a) fiuoro,
(b) hydroxy,
(c) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fiuoro, an
(d) Cl-6alkenyl,
(e) Cl-5alkoxy optionally substituted with fiuoro,
(f) phenyl,
(g) phenyloxy,
(h) benzyloxy and
(i) Cl-6alkylphenyl.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), (la) and (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl, R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is phenyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from (1) -N02, (2) -NH2, (3) fiuoro, (4) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fiuoro and (5) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fiuoro. In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), (la) and (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl; R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is pyridinyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from 1) fluoro, 2) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and 3) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I), (la) and (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 1-11, 20-111, 118, 119 and 120 or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
This invention also provides compounds of Formula (II):
Figure imgf000017_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, wherein each R is independently H or C(0)CH3;
R1 and R2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3, or (c) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3; or
R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine;
R3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted from 1 to 3 fluoro;
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen or CI -6 alkyl; and
R6 is hydrogen, Cl-6alkyl or C3-6cycloalkyl.
In an embodiment of the compounds of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, or CI -3 alkyl or -CH3; R3 is -CH3 or -CF3;
R4 is hydrogen;
R5 is hydrogen or -CH3; and
R6 is -CH3, -CH2CH3 or cyclopentyl. As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, Formula (II) above may also be represented alternatively as follows:
Figure imgf000018_0001
N
R1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, wherein R, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (II).
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (II), the compounds are of Formula (Ila) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
Figure imgf000018_0002
and R, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (II).
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (II), the compounds are of Formula (lib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula (lib), and R, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 have the definitions as defined in the previous embodiments for the compounds of Formula (II).
In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (II), the compounds are selected from the group consisting of Examples 12-19, 112-115 and 116 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the Formulas (I), (la), (lb), (II), (Ha), and (lib) also include isotopically labeled compounds. Suitable radionuclides (i.e. "detectable isotopes") that may be incorporated in compounds of the invention include but are not limited to nC, 13C, 14C, 18F, 2H and 3H, and preferably nC. The isotopically labeled compounds of the invention need only to be enriched with a detectable isotope to, or above, the degree which allows detection with a technique suitable for the particular application. The radionuclide that is incorporated in the instant radiolabeled compounds will depend on the specific application of that radiolabeled compound.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, and in further embodiments these compounds are isotopically labeled with nC.
The compounds of the present invention may have asymmetric centers, chiral axes and chiral planes, and occur as racemates, racemic mixtures, and as individual diastereomers, with all possible isomers, including optical isomers, being included in the present invention. (See E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (John Wiley and Sons, New York 1994), in particular pages 1119-1190).
Salts of the compounds of the invention will be pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. When the compound of the present invention is acidic, suitable "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts prepared form pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic bases including inorganic bases and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic salts, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like.
Particularly preferred are the ammonium, calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic non-toxic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as arginine, betaine caffeine, choline, Ν,Ν1- dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like.
Salts of the compounds which are in basic form may be prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids, including inorganic and organic acids. Such acids include acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfuric, tartaric, p-toluenesulfonic acid and the like. Particularly preferred are citric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, maleic, phosphoric, sulfuric and tartaric acids.
The preparation of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts described above and other typical pharmaceutically acceptable salts is more fully described by Berg et al, "Pharmaceutical Salts," J. Pharm. Set, 1977:66: 1-19.
As the compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties, i.e., the compounds can selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase and exhibit both high potency and high permeability, they may be useful in the treatment or prevention of neurodegenerative diseases, e.g., Alzheimer's disease and other neurodegenerative diseases or conditions and related tauopathies. Related tauopathies include but are not limited to Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment, Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease,
Corticobasal degeneration, Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP-17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease, Post-encephalitic parkinsonism , Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease, Variant Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease, Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy, Richardson's syndrome, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, and Tangle-only dementia. The compounds of the invention may also be useful for treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease. Other conditions that may be treated are those triggered, affected, or in any other way correlated with levels of O-GlcNAc post-translational protein modification. It is expected that the compounds of this invention may be useful for the treatment of such conditions and in particular, but not limited to, the following for which a association with O-GlcNAc levels on proteins has been established: graft rejection, in particular but not limited to solid organ transplants, such as heart, lung, liver, kidney, and pancreas transplants (e.g. kidney and lung allografts); cancer, in particular but not limited to cancer of the breast, lung, prostate, pancreas, colon, rectum, bladder, kidney, ovary; as well as non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and melanoma; epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, or stroke, e.g., for neuroprotection following a stroke.
Compounds that selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase activity may also be used for the treatment of diseases that are associated with inflammation, including but not limited to, of an inflammatory disease, an allergy, asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity,
atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis, systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity response, drug allergy, insect sting allergy, autoimmune disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, allograft rejection, graft- versus-host disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis,
spondyloarthropathy, scleroderma, psoriasis, T-cell mediated psoriasis, inflammatory dermatosis, dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria, vasculitis, necrotizing, cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis, eosinphilic myotis, eosiniphilic fasciitis, solid organ transplant rejection, heart transplant rejection, lung transplant rejection, liver transplant rejection, kidney transplant rejection, pancreas transplant rejection, kidney allograft, lung allograft, epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, stroke, and neuroprotection.
In addition, compounds that affects levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with immunosuppression, such as in individuals undergoing chemotherapy, radiation therapy, enhanced wound healing and burn treatment, therapy for autoimmune disease or other drug therapy (e.g., corticosteroid therapy) or combination of conventional drugs used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases and
graft/transplantation rejection, which causes immunosuppression; or immunosuppression due to congenital deficiency in receptor function or other causes.
The compounds of this invention may also be useful in the treatment of conditions associated with tissue damage or stress, stimulating cells, or promoting differentiation of cells. Accordingly, in some embodiments, a compound of this invention may be used to provide therapeutic benefit in a variety of conditions or medical procedures involving stress in cardiac tissue, including but not limited to: ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; and stent placement.
The compounds of the invention may be used to treat animals, including mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, and monkeys. However, compounds of the invention can also be used in other organisms, such as avian species (e.g., chickens). The compounds of the invention may also be effective for use in humans. The term "subject" or alternatively referred to herein as "patient" is intended to be referred to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment. However, the compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used in the treatment of animals. Accordingly, as used herein, a "subject" may be a human, non-human primate, rat, mouse, cow, horse, pig, sheep, goat, dog, cat, etc. The subject may be suspected of having or at risk for having a condition requiring modulation of O-GlcNAcase activity.
In an embodiment, a method of treating a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies, glaucoma, schizophrenia,
Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment, neuropathy (including peripheral neuropathy, autonomic neuropathy, neuritis, diabetic neuropathy) and cancer is provided, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of the compound, salt or ester.
In another embodiment of the method of treatment of Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies, glaucoma, schizophrenia, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment, neuropathy (including peripheral neuropathy, autonomic neuropathy, neuritis, diabetic neuropathy) and cancer, a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof is administered concurrently, simultaneously, sequentially or separately with another pharmaceutically active compound or compounds used in Alzheimer's therapies including for example donepezil, memantine, tacrine and equivalents and pharmaceutically active isomer(s) and metabolite(s) thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, may be provided in combination with any other active agents or pharmaceutical compositions where such combined therapy is useful to modulate O-GlcNAcase activity, for example, to treat neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, or immunoregulatory diseases, or any condition described herein. In some embodiments, a compound according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, may be provided in combination with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Examples of such agents include, without limitation,
• acetylcholine esterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as Aricept® (Donepezil), Exelon®
(Rivastigmine), Razadyne® (Razadyne ER®, Reminyl®, Nivalin®, Galantamine), Cognex® (Tacrine), Dimebon, Huperzine A, Phenserine, Debio-9902 SR (ZT-1 SR), Zanapezil (TAK0147), ganstigmine, NP7557, etc.;
• NMDA receptor antagonists such as Namenda® (Axura®, Akatinol®, Ebixa®,
Memantine), Dimebon, SGS-742, Neramexane, Debio-9902 SR (ZT-1 SR), etc.;
• gamma- seer etase inhibitors and/or modulators such as Flurizan™ (Tarenflurbil, MPC- 7869, R-flurbiprofen), LY450139, MK 0752, E2101, BMS-289948, BMS-299897, BMS- 433796, LY-411575, GSI-136, etc.;
• beta-secretase inhibitors such as ATG-Z1, CTS-21166, MK-8931, etc.;
• alpha- seer etase activators, such as NGX267, etc;
• amyloid- β aggregation and/or fibrillization inhibitors such as Alzhemed™ (3 APS,
Tramiprosate, 3-amino-l-propanesulfonic acid), AL-108, AL-208, AZD-103, PBT2, Cereact, ONO-2506PO, PPI-558, etc.;
• tau aggregation inhibitors such as methylene blue, etc.;
• microtubule stabilizers such as AL-108, AL-208, paclitaxel, etc.;
• RAGE inhibitors, such as TTP488, etc.;
• 5-HTla receptor antagonists, such as Xaliproden, Lecozotan, etc.;
• 5-HT4 receptor antagonists, such as PRX-03410, etc.;
• kinase inhibitors such as SRN-003-556, amfurindamide, LiCl, AZD1080, NP031112, SAR-502250, etc.;
• humanized monoclonal anti-Αβ antibodies such as Bapineuzumab (AAB-001),
LY2062430, RN1219, ACU-5A5, etc.;
• amyloid vaccines such as AN- 1792, ACC-001, etc.;
• neuroprotective agents such as Cerebrolysin, AL-108, AL-208, Huperzine A, etc.;
• L-type calcium channel antagonists such as MEM- 1003, etc.;
• nicotinic receptor antagonists, such as AZD3480, GTS-21, etc.;
• nicotinic receptor agonists, such as MEM 3454, Nefiracetam, etc.;
• peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma agonists such as Avandia® (Rosglitazone), etc.;
• phosphodiesterase IV (PDE4) inhibitors, such as MK-0952, etc.;
• hormone replacement therapy such as estrogen (Premarin), etc.; • monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors such as NS2330, Rasagiline (Azilect®), TVP-1012, etc.;
• AMP A receptor modulators such as Ampalex (CX 516), etc.;
• nerve growth factors or NGF potentiators, such as CERE-110 (AAV-NGF), T-588, T- 817MA, etc.;
• agents that prevent the release of luteinizing hormone (LH) by the pituitary gland, such as leuoprolide (VP-4896), etc.;
• GABA receptor modulators such as AC-3933, NGD 97-1, CP-457920, etc.;
• benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonists such as SB-737552 (S-8510), AC-3933, etc.;
• noradrenaline-releasing agents such as T-588, T-817MA, etc.
The O-GlcNAcase inhibitors will generally be administered orally. The
compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular subject may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the host undergoing therapy.
Compositions including the compounds of the invention, or for use according to the invention, are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention. The term
"composition" as used herein is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. Such term in relation to pharmaceutical composition, is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. By
"pharmaceutically acceptable" it is meant the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. The terms "administration of and or "administering a" compound should be understood to mean providing a compound of the invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof to the subject. The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be used in the form of a pharmaceutical preparation, for example, in solid, semisolid or liquid form, which contains one or more of the compounds of the present invention, as an active ingredient, in admixture with an organic or inorganic carrier or excipient suitable for external, enteral or parenteral applications. The active ingredient may be compounded, for example, with the usual non-toxic,
pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for tablets, pellets, capsules, suppositories, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and any other form suitable for use. The carriers which can be used are water, glucose, lactose, gum acacia, gelatin, mannitol, starch paste, magnesium trisilicate, talc, corn starch, keratin, colloidal silica, potato starch, urea and other carriers suitable for use in manufacturing preparations, in solid, semisolid, or liquid form, and in addition auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening and coloring agents and perfumes may be used. The active object compound is included in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of the disease.
The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solution, suitably flavoured syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and emulsions with acceptable oils such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil or peanut oil, or with a solubilizing or emulsifying agent suitable for intravenous use, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles. Suitable dispersing or suspending agents for aqueous suspensions include synthetic and natural gums such as tragacanth, acacia, alginate, dextran, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin.
The invention also provides a method for diagnostic imaging (i.e., measuring central occupancy) of O-GlcNAcase in a mammal, e.g., a rodent, non-human primate or human, which comprises administering to the mammal in need of such diagnostic imaging an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
The invention also provides a method for diagnostic imaging of the brain in a mammal which comprises administering to the mammal in need of such diagnostic imaging an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
The invention also provides a method for the detection or quantification of O- GlcNAcase in mammalian tissue, e.g., brain, the method comprising contacting the mammalian tissue in which such detection is desired with an effective amount of the isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
The invention is also, in part, to develop radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors that would be useful not only in traditional exploratory and diagnostic imaging applications, but also be useful in assays, both in vitro and in vivo for labeling the O-GlcNAcase enzyme and for competing with unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors. Using an 18F or nC labeled radiotracer that provides an O-GlcNAcase specific image in the brain and other tissues, the dose necessary to saturate O-GlcNAcase enzyme can be determined by the blockade of the PET radiotracer image in humans. In particular, a method of determining the plasma concentration/occupancy relationship of an unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to the subject such as a human an effective amount of an isotopically labeled compound selected from Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof. As indicated above, radionuclides that may be incorporated in the instant compounds include but are not limited to nC, 13C, 14C, 18F and 3H, and preferably nC.
In an embodiment of the aforementioned methods of the invention, the mammal is e.g., a rodent, a non-human primate or a human.
In another embodiment of the aforementioned methods of the invention, diagnostic imaging of O-GlcNAcase is carried out by performing PET imaging, magnetic resonance imaging, or autoradiography.
Isotopically labeled compounds of the invention are potentially useful for diagnostic imaging, basic research, and radiotherapeutic applications. Specific examples of possible diagnostic imaging and radiotherapeutic applications, include determining the location, the relative activity or abundance of O-GlcNAcase, radioimmunoassay of O-GlcNAcase, and autoradiography to determine the distribution of O-GlcNAcase in the brain of a mammal.
In particular, these isotopically labeled compounds, in particular the compounds of Examples 118-120 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvate or in vivo hydrolysable esters thereof, when labeled with the positron emitting radionuclide, nC, are useful for PET imaging of O-GlcNAcase in the brain of living humans and experimental animals. These isotopically labeled compounds may be used as research tools to study the interaction of unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors with O-GlcNAcase in vivo via competition between the unlabeled drug and the radiolabeled compound for binding to the enzyme. These types of studies are useful for determining the relationship between O-GlcNAcase occupancy and dose of unlabeled O- GlcNAcase inhibitor, as well as for studying the duration of blockade of the enzyme by various doses of the unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor. As a clinical tool, the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may be used to help define a clinically efficacious dose of an O-GlcNAcase inhibitor. In animal experiments, the radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors can be used to provide information that is useful for choosing between potential drug candidates for selection for clinical
development. The radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may also be used to study the regional distribution and concentration of O-GlcNAcase in the living human brain, as well as the brain of living experimental animals and in tissue samples. The radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors may also be used to study disease or pharmacologically related changes in O-GlcNAcase
concentrations. For example, PET tracers such as the present radiolabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitors which can be used with currently available PET technology to obtain the following information: relationship between level of receptor occupancy by candidate O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and clinical efficacy in subjects; dose selection for clinical trials of O-GlcNAcase prior to initiation of long term clinical studies; comparative potencies of structurally novel O-GlcNAcase inhibitors; investigating the influence of O-GlcNAcase inhibitors on in vivo affinity and density during the treatment of clinical targets with O-GlcNAcase inhibitors and other agents; changes in the density and distribution of O-GlcNAcase during e.g. Alzheimer's disease in its active stages, during effective and ineffective treatment and during remission; and changes in O-GlcNAcase expression and distribution in CNS disorders, imaging neurodegenerative disease where O-GlcNAcase are involved; and the like.
As indicated above, it is well established that Alzheimer's disease and a number of related tauopathies as described below are characterized, in part, by the development of FTs and that a malfunction in the mechanisms regulating tau O-GlcNAc levels, e.g, by regulating O- GlcNAcase, may be vitally important in the formation of NFTs and associated neurodegeneration. Accordingly, the radiolabeled compounds of the invention also have utility in diagnostic imaging with respect to a variety of neurological and psychiatric disorders associated with NFT formation including Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies as described above, glaucoma,
schizophrenia, and cancer.
For the use of the instant compounds as exploratory or diagnostic imaging agents the radiolabeled compounds may be administered to mammals, preferably humans, in a pharmaceutical composition, either alone or, preferably, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, optionally with known adjuvants, such as alum, in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice. Such compositions can be administered orally or parenterally, including the intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal and topical routes of administration. Preferably,
administration is intravenous. Radiotracers labeled with short-lived, positron emitting
radionuclides are generally administered via intravenous injection within less than one hour of their synthesis. This is necessary because of the short half-life of the radionuclides involved (20 and 110 minutes for nC and 18F, respectively).
When a radiolabeled inhibitor according to this invention is administered into a human subject, the amount required for diagnostic imaging will normally be determined by the prescribing physician with the dosage generally varying according to the age, weight, and response of the individual subject, as well as the quantity of emission from the radionuclide.
However, in most instances, an effective amount will be the amount of compound sufficient to produce emissions in the range of from about 1 -10 mCi. In one exemplary application, administration occurs in an amount of radiolabeled compound of between about 0.005 μg/kg of body weight to about 50 g/kg of body weight per day, preferably of between 0.02 g/kg of body weight to about 7 g/kg of body weight. A particular analytical dosage that comprises the instant composition includes from about 0.5 μg to about 100 μg of the isotopically labeled compound. Preferably, the dosage comprises from about 1 μg to about 50 μg of the isotopically labeled compound.
The following illustrative procedure may be utilized when performing PET imaging studies on subjects in the clinic. The subject undergoes a baseline scan as described below, after which the subject is premedicated with unlabeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor for the desired time prior to the day of the experiment and is fasted for at least 12 hours allowing water intake ad libitum. A 20 G two inch venous catheter is inserted into the contralateral ulnar vein for radiotracer administration.
The subject is positioned in the PET camera and a tracer dose of [150] H20 administered via i.v. catheter. The image thus obtained is used to insure that the subject is positioned correctly to include the brain or other areas of interest. Subsequently the isotopically labeled O-GlcNAcase inhibitor, e.g., compound labeled with nC (<10 mCi), is administered via i.v. catheter. Images are acquired for up to 180 min. Within ten minutes of the injection of radiotracer and at the end of the imaging session, 1 ml blood samples are obtained for determining the plasma concentration of the clinical candidate.
For determining the distribution of radiotracer, regions of interest (ROIs) are drawn on the reconstructed image including, e.g. the brain and the central nervous system. These regions are used to generate time activity curves obtained in the absence of O-GlcNAcase inhibitor or in the presence of the clinical candidate at the various infusion doses examined. Data are expressed as radioactivity per unit time per unit volume ^Ci/cc/mCi injected dose). Inhibition curves are generated from the data obtained in a region of interest obtained starting at 70 minutes post-injection of radiotracer. At this time, clearance of non-specific binding has reached steady state. The ID50 values are obtained by curve fitting the dose-rate/inhibition curves with equation iii:
B=Ao-Ao*I/(ID50+I)+NS (iii)
where B is the%-Dose/g of radiotracer in tissues for each dose of clinical candidate, Ao is the specifically bound radiotracer in a tissue in the absence of a O-GlcNAcase inhibitor, I is the injected dose of antagonist, ID50 is the dose of compound which inhibits 50% of specific radiotracer binding to O-GlcNAcase, and NS is the amount of non-specifically bond radiotracer.
In accordance with another embodiment of the present invention, there are provided methods for the preparation of compounds of invention as described below. For example, the compounds can be prepared using synthetic chemistry techniques well known in the art (see Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry, Katritzky, A. R. and Rees, C. W. eds., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1984) from a precursor of the compounds as outlined below. The isotopically labeled compounds of this invention are prepared by incorporating the
aforementioned isotopes, e.g., into the substrate molecule. This is accomplished by utilizing reagents that have had one or more of the atoms contained therein made radioactive by placing them in a source of radioactivity such as a nuclear reactor, a cyclotron and the like. Additionally many isotopically labeled reagents, such as 2H20, 3H3CI, 14C6H5Br, C1CH2 14C0C1 and the like, are commercially available. The isotopically labeled reagents are then used in standard organic chemistry synthetic techniques to incorporate the isotope atom, or atoms, into a compound of the invention as described below.
In the compounds of generic Formulas (I), (la), (lb), (II), (Ila) and (lib), the atoms may exhibit their natural isotopic abundances, or one or more of the atoms may be artificially enriched in a particular isotope having the same atomic number, but an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number predominantly found in nature. The present invention is meant to include all suitable isotopic variations of the compounds of generic Formula (I). For example, different isotopic forms of hydrogen (H) include protium (¾), deuterium (2H) and tritium (3H). Protium is the predominant hydrogen isotope found in nature. Enriching for deuterium may afford certain therapeutic advantages, such as increasing in vivo half-life or reducing dosage requirements, or may provide a compound useful as a standard for characterization of biological samples. Isotopically-enriched compounds within generic Formulas (I), (la), (lb), (II), (Ila) and (lib) can be prepared without undue experimentation by conventional techniques well known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the Schemes and Examples herein using appropriate isotopically-enriched reagents and/or intermediates.
EXAMPLES
The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples, which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure.
Abbreviations used in the description of the chemistry and in the Examples that follow are:
Abbreviations
AIBN 2,2'-Azobisisobutyronitrile
DAST (Diethylamino) sulfur trifluoride
DCM dichloromethane
DIBAL-H Diisobutylaluminum hydride
DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine N,N-dimethylformamide
Dess-Martin periodinane
dimethyl sulfoxide
1 -(3 -Dimethylaminopropyl)-3 -ethlycarbodiimide hydrochloride
N-bromo succinimide
para-methoxy benzyl bromide
tetra-n-butylammonium bromide
tetra-«-butylammonium fluoride
triethylamine
tetraethylammonium fluoride
2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-l-oxy free radical 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid
tetrahydrofuran
Synthesis of intermediates
l,3,4,6-tetra-0-acetyl-2-deoxy-2-isothiocyanate-P-D-glucopyranose
Figure imgf000030_0001
1 4 (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (4) was prepared from compound 1 according to publication: D. J. Silva etc. J. Org. Chem., 1999, 64(16), 5926-5929.
Figure imgf000031_0001
(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (5) was prepared from compound 4 according to publication: M. V. Gonzalez etc. Carbohydrate Research, 1986, 154, 49
EXAMPLE 1
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000031_0002
K2C03,MeOH
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000032_0002
Figure imgf000032_0003
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(Acetoxymethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate:
To a solution of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro-
2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (2 g, 5.14 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added dimethylamine hydrochloride (460 mg, 5.64 mmol) and triethylamine (675 mg, 6.68 mmol) at 5-10 °C. After stirred for 3 h, the reaction mixture was treated with TFA (1.6 g, 14 mmol) overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1% MeOH in
dichloromethane to give compound (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(Acetoxymethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate as yellow oil (1.65 g, 85%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 374.9; iH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.24 - 6.26 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 5.31 -
5.43 (m, IH), 4.94 - 4.99 (m, IH), 4.34 - 4.38 (t, J= 10.8 Hz, IH), 4.16 - 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.38 - 4.39 (m, IH), 3.02 (s, 6H), 2.06 - 2.12 (m ,9H).
Figure imgf000033_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (1.65 g, 4.41 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was added potassium carbonate (25 mg, 0.18 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature to yield a solid. This was collected by filtration, washed with cold methanol and dried. The product was obtained as a light yellow solid (1.05 g, 94%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 248.9; lH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.33 - 6.35 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.29 - 4.33 (t, J = 6.0 Hz IH), 4.16 (s, IH), 3.76 - 3.89 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.03 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000033_0002
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol: To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (1 g, 4.03 mmol), DMAP (49.2 mg, 0.40 mmol) and triethylamine (611 mg, 6.05 mmol) in DMF
(50mL) was added tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (665 mg, 4.43 mmol). After stirred overnight at 50°C, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 2 -5% MeOH in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.0 g, 65%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 263.0; lH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.33 - 6.35 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.35 - 4.39 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 4.21 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.81 - 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.62 - 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 6H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.11 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000034_0001
(3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-5 -((tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6, 7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-N,N- dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine: To a solution of
(3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-5 -((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5 , 6, 7, 7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (1 g, 2.76 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (568 mg, 16.6 mmol, 70%) at 15 °C, and followed by addition of 1- (bromomethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (2.22 g, 11.0 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature, quenched by addition of cold water (50 mL), and extracted with
dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 10 -25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the product as a yellow oil (1.2 g, 64%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 603.1; iH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.22 - 7.35 (m, 4H), 6.84 - 6.92 (m. 4H), 6.27 - 6.29 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.60 - 4.76 (m, 4H), 4.36 - 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.10 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61 ( m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 0.83 (s, 9H), 0.07 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000034_0002
((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)methanol :
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5-((tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- amine (9.5 g, 15.8 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was treated with TBAF (8.27 g, 31. 6 mmol) overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with brine (200 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x200 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvents, the residue was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1 -2.5% MeOH in
dichloromethane to give the product as a yellow oil (7.0 g, 86%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 489.0; lH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.32 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.22 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.85 - 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.26 -
6.28 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.31 - 4.34 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.53 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.01 (m, 6H), 1.78 - 1.82 (m, 1H).
Figure imgf000035_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-5-carbaldehyde): To a mixture of ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5- yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.0 mmol), TBAB (16.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), KHCO3 (461 mg, 4.6 mmol) and TEMPO (8 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) and ¾0 (5 mL) was added BS (201 mg, 1.13 mmol) at 15°C. After stirred for 30 min, the reaction mixture was quenched by saturated Na2SC"3 (5 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and condensed to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 20 -30% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give the product as a yellow syrup (320 mg, 75% pure). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 487.0. iH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.61 (s, 1H), 7.22 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 6.83 -
6.92 (m, 4H), 6.11 - 6.13 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.67 (m, 8H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 3.00 - 3.04 (s,
6H).
Figure imgf000035_0002
l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (mixture of two diastereomers):
To a stirred mixture of TBAF (107 mg, 0.41 mmol) and 4 A molecule sieves in THF (20 mL) was added a solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (400 mg, 0.82 mmol) and TMS-CF3 (230 mg, 1.64 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0 °C. After stirring for 4 hours at 0°C, the reaction was quenched by brine (30 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 2 - 3% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow syrup (300 mg, 65%), a mixture of diastereomers, faster eluting isomer : slower moving isomer = 1 : 2 by Chiral-HPLC). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 557.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.20 - 7.35 (m, 4H),
6.85 - 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.25 - 6.27 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.56 - 4.69 (m, 5H), 4.30 - 4.36 (m, 2H), 3.82 - 3.83 (m, 8H), 2.99 - 3.00 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000036_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol and (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5- ((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol :
A solution of l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethanol ( a mixture of two diastereomers from previous step) (400 mg, 0.72 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was treated with TFA (2 mL) for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by Prep-HPLC under the following conditions [(Agilent 1200 prep HPLC): Column, SunFire Prep C18, 19 * 50 mm 5 um; mobile phase, water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 45% in 10 min);
Detector, UV 220nm] to afford (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (faster eluting isomer, 62 mg, 27%): (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 316.9; 1H MR (300 MHz, D2O) 5 6.19 - 6.21 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.04 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.71 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 6H); (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (slower eluting isomer, 55 mg, 24%).(ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 316.9; 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O) δ 6.25 - 6.27
(d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.26 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.10 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.72 - 3.82 (m, 1H), 2.92 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000036_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (450 mg, 1.4 mmol) in
DMF (30 mL) was treated with LiHMDS (1.8 mL, 1.8 mmol, 1M in THF) at 0 °C for 10 min, and followed by addition of CH3I (300 mg, 2.1 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous NH4C1 solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography with 2% - 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford the title compound as a white solid (192 mg, 40%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 331.0; 1H MR (300 MHz , D20): 6.15 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.98 - 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, J= 3.6 Hz, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (dd, J= 5.4 Hz, 3.6 Hz, 1H ), 3.50 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 2
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000037_0001
Scheme II
Figure imgf000037_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (413 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was treated with LiHMDS (1.6 mL, 1.6 mmol, 1M in THF) at 0°C for 10 min, and followed by addition of CH3I (278 mg, 1.9 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography with 2% - 10%) methanol in dichloromethane to afford the title compound as a white solid (196 mg, 45%>). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 331.0; 1H MR (300 MHz , D20): 6.21 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11 - 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.93 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 2.91 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLES 3 & 4 (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5 2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000038_0001
Scheme III
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0003
(3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-5 -( Acetoxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate:
To a solution of (3R,4R,5S,6R)-2,4,5-triacetoxy-6-(acetoxymethyl)-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-3-aminium chloride (100 g, 261 mmol) in CH3CN (1 L) was added methyl
isothiocyanate (21 g, 287 mmol), triethylamine (29 g, 287 mmol). After stirred for 12 h at 60°C, the resulting solution was treated with TFA (110 g, 0.96 mol) at room temperature overnight, and then washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (1 L). The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1% MeOH in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow oil (150 g, 87%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 360.9; lH MR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.31 - 6.33
(d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.41 - 5.48 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.97 - 5.00 (m, 1H), 4.31 - 4.37 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.00 - 2.20 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000039_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(Hydroxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (150 g, 417 mmol) in methanol (1 L) was treated with potassium carbonate (11.5 g, 83 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature to yield a solid. This was collected by filtration, washed with cold methanol and dried. The product was obtained as a yellow solid (85 g, 87%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 235.1; lH NMR (300MHz, D2O) δ 6.14 - 6.16 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.03 - 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.89 - 3.92
(m, 1H), 3.65 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.48 - 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.41 - 3.45 (m, 1H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000039_0002
tert-Butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-
(hydroxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (85 g, 363 mmol) in methanol (600 mL) was treated with B0C2O (117.7 g, 540 mmol) and triethylamine
(73.3 g, 726 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 45°C, and then concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 2.5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (90 g, 74%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 334.8; lH NMR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.14 - 6.17 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 4.19 - 4.23 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, IH), 4.10 - 4.14 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, IH), 3.79 - 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.60 - 3.64 (m, 2H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000040_0001
tert-Butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: To a mixture of tert-butyl
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (30 g, 90 mmol), DMAP (550 mg, 4.5 mmol) and triethylamine (18.2 g, 180 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was added tert-butylchlorodimethylsilane (16.3 g, 108 mmol) at 0°C. The resulting solution was stirred for 4 h at room temperature, and then concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a white solid (20 g, 50%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 449.0; lH NMR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.10 - 6.12 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, IH), 4.15 -
4.24 (m, 2H), 3.83 - 3.97 (m, 5H), 3.60 (m, IH), 2.58 - 2.66 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 1.18 (m, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000040_0002
tert-butyl (3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-6, 7-bis(benzyloxy)-5 -((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (24 g, 56 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) was treated with NaH (5.8 g, 169 mmol, 70% dispersed by mineral oil) at 0°C for 30 min, and followed by addition of (bromomethyl)benzene (28.6 g, 167 mmol). After additional 3 hours at 15°C, the reaction was quenched by ice-H20 (400 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (5x100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (22.6 g, 67%) as a yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 629.0. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.40 - 7.27 (m, 10H), 6.11 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, IH), 4.82 - 4.74 (m, 4H), 4.69 - 4.39 (m, 2H), 4.21 (t, J= 4.3 Hz, 1H), 3.79 - 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.51 - 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 0.94 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000041_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7- bis(benzyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (22 g, 35 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was treated with TBAF (18.4 g, 70 mmol) at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was quenched by H20 (500 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 10% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (16.4 g, 91%) as a yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 515.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.42 - 7.29 (m, 10H), 6.09 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.78 - 4.69 (m, 3H), 4.66 - 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.58 - 4.43 (m, 2H), 3.74 - 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000041_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of DMSO (19.4 g, 248 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was treated with oxalyl dichloride (23.5 g, 187 mmol) at -78°C for 1 hour under N2 atmosphere, and followed by addition of a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (16 g, 31 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL). The resulted solution was stirred for 4 hours at -30 °C, and followed by addition of triethylamine (37.7 g, 373 mmol) at -78°C. After stirred for 1 hour at - 20°C, the reaction was quenched by water (200 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (2x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude tert-butyl
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol- 2-yl(methyl)carbamate as a yellow syrup, used for the next step without further purification. m/z) [M+H]+ 513.0.
Figure imgf000042_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: A mixture of TBAF (3.2 g, 12 mmol) and 4A molecule sieves (3.2 g) in THF (50 mL) was stirred for 30 min at 0°C, and followed by addition of crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-formyl- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate and TMS-CF3 (22.1 g, 155 mmol) in THF (100 mL). After 10 hours at room temperature, additional TBAF (16.3 g, 62 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. After filtration, the filtrates were quenched by brine (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7- bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (7.8 g, 43% for 2 steps, two isomers, the ratio was 4:6 determined by 1HNMR) as yellow oil. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 583.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 - 7.30 (m, 10H), 6.12 - 6.08 (m, 1H), 4.76 - 4.72 (m, 3H), 4.61 - 4.49 (m, 2H), 4.35 - 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.95 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H)
Figure imgf000042_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-(4- nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (2.4 g, 4 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added LiHMDS (4.5 mL, 4.5 mmol, 1M in THF) at 0°C under N2 atmosphere with stirring. After 30 min at 15°C, l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (635 mg, 4.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by H20 (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x20 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 3% - 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (1.8 g, 62%, two isomers, the ratio was 4:6 determined by 1HNMR) as a white syrup. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 704.1. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.13 - 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.37 - 7.30 (m, 10H), 7.20 - 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.56- 6.13 (dd, J = 7.2 Hz, J2 = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.21- 5.13 (m, 1H), 4.83 - 4.73 (m, 3H), 4.61 - 4.21 (m, 3H), 4.11 - 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.31 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 3H), 1.56 - 1.53 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000043_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-aminophenoxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7- bis(benzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A mixture of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (900 mg, 1.3 mmol) and Pd/C (10%, 90 mg) in methanol (40 mL) was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature under hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm). The solids were filtered out and the solvent was removed under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 3% - 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (620 mg, 72%), two isomers, the ratio = 4:6, determined by 1HNMR) as a white syrup. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 673.9. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 - 7.27 (m, 12H), 7.19 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.36 - 6.17 (dd, J = 6.9 Hz, J2 = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.99 - 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.86 - 4.71 (m, 4H), 4.60 - 4.19 (m, 2H), 4.11 - 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.31 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 3H), 1.57 - 1.54 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000043_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-aminophenoxy)-2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (520 mg, 0.78 mmol) in cone, sulfuric acid (3 mL) and H20 (9 mL) was added a solution of NaN02 (59 mg, 0.86 mmol) in H20 (2 mL) at 0 °C. After 15 min, H3P02 (515 mg, 7.8 mmol) and Cu20 (14 mg, 0.1 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture. After additional 1 hour at 5 °C, the reaction was quenched by the saturated aqueous Na2C03 (35 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x20 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 2% - 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (238 mg, 47%, two isomers, the ratio was 4:6 determined by 1HNMR) as a white syrup. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 659.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.41 - 7.29 (m, 12H), 7.17 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.04 - 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.37 - 6.22 (dd, J = 6.3 Hz, J2 = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.09 - 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.83 - 4.72 (m, 3H), 4.66 - 4.21 (m, 2H), 4.11 - 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.31 (d, J= 3.3 Hz, 3H), 1.57 - 1.54 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000044_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)- 2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol: A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (230 mg, 0.35 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was treated with BC13 (3.5 mL, 3.5 mmol, 1 M in dichloromethane) for 2 hours at -78°C. The reaction was quenched by methanol (20 mL).
Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (2 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Column, Sun fire prep. C18; mobile phase, water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (10% up to 45% in 10 min); Detector, UV 220nm) gave (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (32 mg, 24%, Faster eluting isomer by HPLC). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 379.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.31 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.08 - 6.99 (m, 3H); 6.29 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 5.01 - 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.15 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.03 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.87 - 3.83 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H); and (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-phenoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (45 mg, 34%, Slower eluting isomer by HPLC); (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 379.0. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.36 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.16 - 7.14 (m, 3H); 6.36 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.13 - 5.10 (m, 1H), 4.11 (t, 7= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.03 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 2.87 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 5
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
O
Figure imgf000045_0001
Scheme IV
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0002
OAllyl
Figure imgf000046_0003
Separation
Figure imgf000046_0004
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-Butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (35 g, 78 mmol) (Prepared according to the synthesis of Example 3, step 4) in DMF (250 mL) was treated with NaH (70%, 8 g, 233 mmol) at 5°C for 30 min, then Allyl-Br (28 g, 233 mmol) was added slowly. After stirring for 1.5 hours at 15°C, the reaction was quenched by H20 (300 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The organic layers were collected, washed with brine (5x100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% ~ 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (32 g, 78%) as a yellow oil; (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 529.1; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.07 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.85 - 6.05 (m, 2H), 5.15 - 5.38 (m, 4H), 4.22 - 4.30 (m, 4H), 4.02 - 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.60 - 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.48 - 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000047_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate: A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7- bis(allyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (104 g, 197 mmol) in THF (700 mL) was treated with TBAF (77 g, 296 mmol) at 20°C for 6 hours, then the reaction was quenched by water (500 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (5x300 mL). The organic layers combined, washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% ~ 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (72 g, 88%) as a yellow oil; (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 415.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 6.07 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.94 - 6.01 (m, 2H), 5.17 - 5.38 (m, 4H), 4.02 - 4.45 (m, 6H), 3.74 - 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.51 - 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.55 - 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000047_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
To a solution of DMSO (45 g, 580 mmol) in dichloromethane (200 mL) was added oxalyl dichloride (55 g, 435 mmol) at -78 °C under N2 atmosphere with stirring. After 1 hour at -30°C, a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (30 g, 72 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added slowly. The resulted solution was stirred for 4 hours at - 30°C, and followed by addition of triethylamine (73 g, 725 mmol) at -78°C. After stirring for additional 1 hour at -20°C, the reaction was quenched by water (300 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate as yellow syrup, which was used for the next step without further purification. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 413.0.
Figure imgf000048_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A mixture of TBAF (5.7 g, 22 mmol) and 4 A molecule sieves (5.7 g) in THF (50 mL) was stirred for 30 min atO°C, and followed by addition of a solution of crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate and TMS-CF3 (51 g, 359 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring for 12 hours at room temperature, additional TBAF (37 g, 141 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. After filtration, the filtrates were quenched by brine (100 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (16.8 g, 48% for 2 steps, two isomers, the ratio was 4:6 determined by 1HNMR) as yellow oil. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 483.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) 5 6.18 - 6.12 (m, 1H), 5.99 - 5.87 (m, 2H), 5.37 - 5.19 (m, 4H), 4.43 - 4.01 (m, 5H), 3.95 - 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.62 - 3.57 (m, 2H), 3.25 - 3.24 (m, 3H), 1.54 - 1.53 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000048_0002
OAllyl Separation tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (16 g, 33 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (250 mL) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (7.6 g, 6.6 mmol), Et3N (26.6 g, 264 mmol) and HCOOH (9.2 g, 198 mmol) at room temperature under N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 12 hours at 60°C, the reaction was quenched by H20 (150 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 1% - 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (5.2 g, 39%) as a light yellow solid. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 403.0. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.25 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.31 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.14 - 4.10 (m, 1H), 4.00 - 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000049_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (150 mg, 0.37 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added LiHMDS (0.45 mL, 0.45 mmol, 1M in THF) at 0°C under N2 atmosphere with stirring. After 30 min at 10°C, CH3I (79 mg, 0.56 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for additional 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (15 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography with 1% - 8%) methanol in dichloromethane to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)- 2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate as a white solid (87 mg, 56%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 417.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 6.26 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 4.15 (m, 2H), 4.03 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000049_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro- l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (87 mg, 0.21 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was treated with MeMgCI (1.1 mL, 3.3 mmol, 3M in THF) at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 (2 mL) solution. Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was purified by flash column chromatography with 4% - 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford the title compound as a white solid. (42 mg, 64%) (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 317.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.25 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.16 - 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.00 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 - 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.79 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 6
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
Figure imgf000050_0001
Scheme V
TBDMSCI
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000050_0003
Pd(PPh3)4, HCOOH, Et3N
1 ,4-dioxane
Figure imgf000050_0004
Separation
Figure imgf000050_0005
Figure imgf000051_0001
tert-butyl ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl)(ethyl)carbamate : To a suspension of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (ethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (35.0 g, 141 mmol) in DMF (300 mL) cooled at 15°C, was added DIPEA (6.0 mL), Boc20 (61.5 g, 282 mmol) and MeOH (6.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and then MeOH (50 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure at ~35°C. The residue was purified on silica gel by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes 1 : 1, then MeOH/DCM, 1 :5), followed by recrystallization from EtOAc/hexanes, to afford tert- butyl ((3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-6, 7-dihydroxy-5 -(hydroxymethyl)-5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl)(ethyl)carbamate as a white solid (31.5 g, 64% yield). 1H MR (400 MHz, CDCls) δ 6.12 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.77 (m, 3H), 3.59-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.16 (m, 1H, OH), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.16 (t, 7= 7.0 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000051_0002
tert-butyl ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl)(ethyl)carbamate : To a solution of the above material (5.0 g, 14.4 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added imidazole (1.57g, 23.1 mmol) and TBDMSC1 (2.82g, 18.7 mmol). The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 h was diluted with EtOAc (100 mL). Organics were washed with satd. H4C1, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica gel by flash column chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 1 : 1), affording tert-butyl ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl)(ethyl)carbamate as a white solid (5.08 g, 76%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.12 (d, 7 = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (t, 7= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, 7= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.91-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 1H), 1.55 (s, 9H), 1.26 (t, 7= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000051_0003
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy) methyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (24 g, 52 mmol) in DMF (250 mL) was treated with NaH (5.3 g, 156 mmol, 70% dispersed by mineral oil) at 0°C for 30 min, and followed by addition of 3-bromoprop-l-ene (18.7 g, 156 mmol).
After additional 2 hours at 15°C, the reaction was quenched by ice-H20 (400 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (5x100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (22.6 g, 80%) as a yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 543.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 6.07 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.07 - 5.87 (m, 2H), 5.40 - 5.17 (m, 4H), 4.31 - 4.22 (m, 4H), 4.08 - 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.78 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.62 - 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.49 (m, 1H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.20 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000052_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (22 g, 41 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was treated with TBAF (21.2 g, 81 mmol) at room
temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was quenched by H20 (500 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 10% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (15.6 g, 90%) as a yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 429.0. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.07 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.02 - 5.93 (m, 2H), 5.39 - 5.18 (m, 4H), 4.46 - 4.04 (m, 6H), 3.86 - 3.70 (m, 3H), 3.70 - 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.68 - 3.55 (m, 1H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.21 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000052_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate: To a solution of DMSO (21.8 g, 280 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added oxalyl dichloride (26.5 g, 210 mmol) at -78°C under N2 atmosphere with stirring. After 1 hour at -30°C, a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (15 g, 35 mmol) in dichloromethane (40 mL) was added slowly. The resulted solution was stirred for 4 hours at - 30°C, and followed by addition of triethylamine (35.4 g, 350 mmol) at -78°C. After stirring for additional 1 hour at -20°C, the reaction was quenched by water (300 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate as yellow syrup, used for the next step without further purification. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 427.0.
Figure imgf000053_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate:
A mixture of TBAF (2.7 g, 10 mmol) and 4 A molecule sieves (2.7 g) in THF (50 mL) was stirred for 30 min at 0°C, and followed by addition of a solution of crude tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-formyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(ethyl)carbamate and TMS-CF3 (24.9 g, 175 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After stirring for 12 hours at room temperature, additional TBAF (18.3 g, 70 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. After filtration, the filtrates were quenched by brine (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (8.7 g, 50% for 2 steps, two isomers, the ratio was 4:6 determined by 1HNMR) as yellow oil. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 497.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.09 - 6.03 (m, 1H), 6.03 - 5.84 (m, 2H), 5.37 - 5.17 (m, 4H), 4.44 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.30 - 4.18 (m, 5H), 4.16 - 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.96 - 3.86 (m, 2H), 3.73 - 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.10 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 0.5H), 2.75 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 0.5H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 1.18 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000054_0001
OAllyl Separation tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate:
To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(allyloxy)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (8 g, 16 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (150 mL) was added Pd(PPh3)4 (3.7 g, 3.2 mmol), Et3N (12.9 g, 128 mmol) and HCOOH (4.4 g, 96 mmol) at room temperature under N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 12 hours at 60°C, the reaction was quenched by H20 (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (4x100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 1% - 10% methanol in dichloromethane to afford tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy- 5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(ethyl)carbamate (2.7 g, 40%) as a light yellow solid. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 417.0. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 6.07 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.31 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.28 - 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.11 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 4.01 - 3.83 (m, 2H), 3.01 (s, 1H), 2.02 (s, 2H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.23 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000054_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro- l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (42 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was treated with LiHMDS (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1M in THF) at 0°C for 30 min, and followed by addition of CH3I (28 mg, 0.2 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (15 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography with 1% - 8% methanol in dichloromethane to afford the title compound as a white solid (30 mg, 69%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 431.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 6.03 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.05 - 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.85 - 3.77 (m, 3H), 3.67 - 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.50 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.10 (t, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H). (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
Figure imgf000055_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro- l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(ethyl)carbamate (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) for overnight at room temperature. Removing of the volatiles was performed under vacuum to give a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated ammonia solution in water (ImL). After concentrated under vacuum, the crude residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 1% - 5% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a white solid (40 mg, 74%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 331.0; 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.26 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.05 - 4.01 (m, 2H), 3.92 - 3.88 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 - 3.82 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.75 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.33 - 3.25 (m, 2H), 1.17 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLES 7 & 8 (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4- aminophenoxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
Figure imgf000055_0002
Scheme VI
Figure imgf000056_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro- l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (900 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMF (15 mL) was treated with KHMDS (2.4 mL, 2.4 mmol, 1M solution in THF) at 0°C for 20 min, and followed by addition of l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (632 mg, 4.48 mmol). After additional 2 hours at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (4x30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 3% - 35% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the product (738 mg, 63%) as a white syrup. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 524.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.25 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 6.23 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 5.13 - 5.07 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.16 - 4.09 (m, 1H), 3.96 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.79 - 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000057_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(methylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (640 mg, 1.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 ml) was treated with
trifluoroacetic acid (0.7 mL) for 1 hour at room temperature. Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (3 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give the title compound (355 mg, 69%) as a white solid. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 424.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.28 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 5.44 - 5.41 (m, 1H), 4.13 - 4.07 (m, 2H), 3.97 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.65 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 2.87 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000057_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-aminophenoxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A mixture of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)- 2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (170 mg, 0.4 mmol) and Pd/C (10%), 20 mg) in methanol (15 mL) was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature under hydrogen atmosphere (1 atm). The solids were filtered out and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC with the following conditions (Column, Sun fire prep C18; mobile phase, water with 0.05%> H4OH and CH3CN (25%) up to 55%) in 11 min); Detector, UV 220nm) to afford the product as a white solid (67 mg, 42%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 394.0. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 6.93 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.87 - 4.85 (m, 1H), 4.11 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.99 - 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.83 - 3.82 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 3H). EXAMPLE 9
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000058_0001
Scheme VII
Figure imgf000058_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2 rifluoro-l-(4-nitrophenoxy)ethyl)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-
(hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (93 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was treated with KHMDS (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol, 1M solution in THF) at 0°C for 10 min, and followed by addition of l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (140 mg, 1.0 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (5 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude residue was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC with the following conditions (Column, Sun fire prep. CI 8; mobile phase, water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (25% up to 55% in 10 min); Detector, UV 220nm) to afford the title compound as a light-yellow solid (65 mg, 50%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 438.0. 1H MR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.26 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.11 - 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.23 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.05 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (dd, J = 8.6, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (s, 6H). EXAMPLES 10 & 1 1
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-l- methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000059_0001
Scheme VIII
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000059_0004
Figure imgf000060_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-
5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (1 g, 4.03 mmol), DMAP (49.2 mg, 0.40 mmol) and triethylamine (611 mg, 6.05 mmol) in DMF (50mL) was added tert- butylchlorodimethylsilane (665 mg, 4.43 mmol). After stirred overnight at 50°C, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 2 -5% MeOH in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.0 g, 65%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 263.0; iH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.33 - 6.35 (d, J= 6.3
Hz, 1H), 4.35 - 4.39 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.18 - 4.21 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.81 - 3.84 (m, 3H), 3.62 - 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 6H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.11 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000060_0002
(3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-5 -((tert-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6, 7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-N,N- dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine:
To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (1 g, 2.76 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (568 mg, 16.6 mmol, 70%) at 15°C, and followed by addition of l-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (2.22 g, 11.0 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 3 h at room temperature, quenched by addition of cold water (50 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 10 -25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a yellow oil (1.2 g, 64%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 603.1; iH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.22 - 7.35 (m, 4H), 6.84 - 6.92 (m. 4H), 6.27 - 6.29 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.60 - 4.76 (m, 4H), 4.36 - 4.43 (m, 2H),
4.10 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61 ( m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 0.83 (s, 9H), 0.07 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000060_0003
((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)methanol :
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5-((tert-butyldi- methylsilyloxy)methyl)-N,N-dm (9.5 g, 15.8 mmol) in THF (100 mL) was treated with TBAF (8.27 g, 31. 6 mmol) overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with brine (200 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x200 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvents, the residue was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1 -2.5% MeOH in dichloromethane to give the title compound as a yellow oil (7.0 g, 86%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 489.0; lH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.32 - 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.22 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.85 - 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.26 - 6.28 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.31 - 4.34 (d, J = 1 1 A Hz, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.53 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.01 (m, 6H), 1.78 - 1.82 (m, 1H).
Figure imgf000061_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(Dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-5-carbaldehyde:
To a mixture of ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)methanol (500 mg, 1.0 mmol), TBAB (16.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), KHCO3 (461 mg, 4.6 mmol) and TEMPO (8 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) and H2O (5 mL) was added BS (201 mg, 1.13 mmol) at 15°C. After stirred for 30 min, the reaction mixture was quenched by saturated Na2SC"3 (5 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and condensed to provide a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 20 -30% ethyl acetate in
dichloromethane to give the product as a yellow syrup (320 mg, 75% pure). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 487.0. lH NMR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.61 (s, 1H), 7.22 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 6.83 - 6.92 (m, 4H), 6.1 1 - 6.13 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.67 (m, 8H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 3.00 - 3.04 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000061_0002
l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-Bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)ethanol :
To a solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-5-carbaldehyde (260 mg, 0.53 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added methylmagnesium bromide (0.3 mL, 3M in THF). After stirred for 2 h at room temperature, the reaction mixture was quenched with sat. LjCl (aq, 20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1 -2% MeOH in dichloromethane to give the product as a yellow syrup (250 mg, 74%, two diastereomers, faster moving one: slower moving one = 1 : 5). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 503.0; iH MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.26 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.22 - 7.28 (m, 2H),
6.85 - 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.29 - 6.31 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.31 - 4.34 (d , J = 11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.53 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.01 (m, 6H), 1.19 - 1.21 (d , J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).
Figure imgf000062_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5-((S)-l-methoxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine:
A solution of (S)-l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethanol (450 mg, 0.8 mmol) , two diastereomers, ratio is 1 : 5 by Ή NMR) in DMF (10 mL) was treated with sodium hydride (70 mg, 1.7 mmol, 60% dispersed by mineral oil) for 30 min at 0 °C, and followed by addition of iodomethane (255 mg, 1.8 mmol). After kept 2 hours at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 10% - 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as light yellow oil (300 mg, 65%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 517.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.36 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.28 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 6.90 - 6.84 (m, 4H), 6.36 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 - 4.73 (m, 4H), 4.31 - 4.34 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 6H), 3.53 - 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.01 (m, 6H), 1.18 - 1.09 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000062_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-l- methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5-((S)-l- methoxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine (200 mg, 0.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) for 1 hour at room temperature. Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (2 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Column, Sun fire prep. CI 8; mobile phase, water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (15% up to 45% in 8 min); Detector, UV 220nm) gave (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as white solid (6.8 mg, 7%, faster eluting isomer); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 277.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.24 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (t, J= 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.54 - 3.52 (m, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 6H), 1.12 (d, J= 6.3Hz, 3H); and
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-l-methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as white solid (58 mg, 56%, slower eluting isomer). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 277.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.19 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (t, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 3.54 - 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.32 - 3.36 (m, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 6H), 1.12 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 3H)
EXAMPLES 12 & 13
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2- (methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000063_0001
Scheme IX
Figure imgf000064_0001
tert-Butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6,7- dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (20 g, 45 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) was added sodium hydride (10.7 g, 446 mmol) in portion at 0 °C, and followed by addition of l-(bromomethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (36 g, 179 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 2 h at room temperature, quenched with cold water (200 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 500 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5 x 200 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to afford a residue, which was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the product as a yellow liquid (21 g, 68%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 689.1. iH MR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.31 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.22 - 7.28 (m, 2H), 6.10 - 6.12 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H) , 4.60 - 4.74 (m, 4H), 4.20 - 4.47 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 6H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.33 - 3.37 (m, 2H), 1.56 (s, 9H), 0.89 (s, 9H) , 0.05 (s , 6H).
.eO-Y y, TBAF.THF HO ° -¾_
PMBO ' "N Boc *" PMBO ' "N Boc
OPMB OPMB tert-Butyl (3aR,5R,6S, 7R,7aR)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5, 6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)methyl)-6,7- bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (1.54 g, 2.24 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was treated with TBAF (1.17 g, 4.5 mmol) overnight at room temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with brine (20 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL), and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removal of solvents, the residue was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.8 g, 62%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 575.2, lH MR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.33 - 7.36 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.20 - 7.22 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.08 - 6.10 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H) , 4.27 - 4.71(m, 6H), 3.82 (s, 6H), 3.48 - 3.70 (m, 4H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 1.76 - 1.80 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000065_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)- 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-5 -carboxylic acid :
A mixture of tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (1 g, 1.74 mmol), KHCO3 (780 mg, 7.8 mmol), TBAB (28 mg, 0.09 mmol) and TEMPO (14 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dichloromethane(30 mL) and H2O (6 mL) was treated with BS (620 mg, 3.5 mmol) overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was adjusted to acidic (pH at 3) with hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide a residue , which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20-50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid (600 mg, 58%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 589.0, lH NMR (300MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.25 - 7.32 (m , 2H), 6.85 - 6.90 (m , 2H), 6.08 - 6.10 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H) , 4.50 - 4.62 (m, 5H), 4.22 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.81(s, 6H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
P
Figure imgf000066_0001
tert-butyl (3 aR, 5 S, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-5 -(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-6, 7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-2-(tert- butoxycarbonyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (600 mg, 1 mmol), N-methoxymethanamine hydrochloride (198 mg, 2 mmol) and triethylamine (0.7 mL) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was treated with EDC (392 mg, 2 mmol) for 2 hours at room
temperature. The reaction was quenched by brine (30 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 10% - 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a white solid (550 mg, 85%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 632.1; 1H MR (300MHz, CDC13) δ 7.29 - 7.21 (m , 4H), 6.91 - 6.83 (m, 4H), 6.08 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.61 - 4.48 (m , 4H), 4.31 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.29 - 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.19 - 4.17 (t, J= 4.8 Ηζ, ΙΗ), 3.82 (s, 6H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000066_0002
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-acetyl-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-6,7- bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (631 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was treated with methylmagnesium bromide (0.6 mL, 1.2 mmol, 2M in THF) for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x20 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound as a light yellow syrup (410 mg, 70%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 587.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.31 - 7.23 (m , 4H), 6.94 - 6.87 (m, 4H), 6.21 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.63 - 4.51 (m , 4H), 4.33 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.28 - 4.23 (m, 2H), 4.21 - 4.18 (m, lH), 3.84 (s, 6H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.54 (s, 9H)
Figure imgf000067_0001
tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-acetyl-6,7-bis(4- methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (117 mg, 0.2 mmol) and cyclopentanamine (145 mg, 1.7 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was stirred for 2 hours at 50°C, and followed by addition of NaBH4 (19 mg, 0.5 mmol). After additional 2 hours, the reaction was quenched by water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude product as a yellow syrup, which was used in the next step without further purification. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 656.0.
Figure imgf000067_0002
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-
3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2- (methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
The resulting crude tert-butyl (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l- (cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-6,7-bis(4-methoxybenzyloxy)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate in dichloromethane(10 mL) was treated with TFA (1 mL) overnight at room temperature. Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (2 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep- HPLC with the following conditions [(Agilent 1200 prep HPLC): Column, SunFire Prep
C18, 19*50mm 5um; mobile phase, WATER with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 45% in 10 min); Detector, UV 220nm.] gave (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l- (cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7- diol as a white solid (5.7 mg, 5%, faster eluting isomer); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 316.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.56 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.20 - 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.67 - 3.53 (m, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 2H), 1.66 - 1.51 (m, 6H), 1.24 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 3H); and
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-(cyclopentylamino)ethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as white solid (10.4 mg, 10%); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 316.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.48 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 1H), 4.38 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.05 - 4.04 (m, 1H), 3.75 - 3.49 (m, 4H), 2.94 - 2.92 (m, 3H), 1.99 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.65 - 1.42 (m, 6H), 1.32 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H) .
EXAMPLES 14 & 15
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)- 2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000068_0001
Scheme X
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0002
(3 aR, 5R, 6 S, 7R, 7aR)-6, 7-bis(benzyloxy)-5 -(benzyloxymethyl)-N,N-dimethyl-5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine:
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (100 g, 0.4 mol) in DMF (600 mL) was treated with NaH (110 g, 3.2 mol, 70% dispersed by mineral oil) at 0°C for 30 min, followed by the addition of BnBr (410 g, 2.4 mol) dropwise. After kept additional 2 hours at room temperature, the mixture was poured into ice-water (1.5 kg) slowly and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 500 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3 x 300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 10% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (166 g, 80%) as a yellow oil; (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 519.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 7.26 - 7.48 (m, 15H), 6.40 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.86 (m, 6H), 4.41 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.18 (m, 1H), 3.60 - 3.79 (m, 4H), 3.12 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000070_0001
((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)methanol :
To a solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-5-(benzyloxymethyl)- N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine (166 g, 0.3 mol) in Ac20 (1 L) and AcOH (100 mL) was added anhydrous ZnCl2 (353 g, 2.6 mol) at 0°C. After kept additional 2 hours at room temperature, the reaction was poured into ice-cold H20 (1.5 kg) slowly and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 500 mL). The organic layers combined, washed with brine (3 x 200 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, volatiles were distilled out by high vacuum to give the crude acetate (160g, (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 471.0) as a brown oil. A solution of the above crude acetate in methanol (1 L) was treated with K2C03 (18 g, 0.13 mol) at 30°C for 8 hours, after filtration, the solvent was distilled out under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column with 20% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (108 g, 79% 2 steps) as a yellow syrup; (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 429.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.26 - 7.43 (m, 10H), 6.29 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.81 (m, 4H), 4.41 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.18 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.79 (m, 4H), 3.02 (s, 6H).
Figure imgf000070_0002
N-(((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)methylene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide:
To a vigorous stirred mixture of ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-
(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)methanol (1.5 g, 3.5 mmol), TEMPO (24 mg, 0.15 mmol), KHC03 (1.4 g, 13.8 mmol) and TBAB (50 mg, 0.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) and H20 (20 mL) was added BS (654 mg, 3.7 mmol) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, quenched by Na2S03 (500 mg, 4.0 mmol), and extracted with dichloromethane (2x50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give the crude aldehyde, which was treated with 2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (450 mg, 3.6 mmol) and Ti(OEt)4 (1.5 g, 6.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL). After stirred overnight at room temperature, the resulting solution was concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the product as yellow oil (1.16 g, 63%, E/Z=\ : 1 determined by 1H MR). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 530.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.09 - 8.07 (m, 1H), 7.55 - 7.21 (m, 10H), 6.23 - 6.21 (m, 1H), 4.79 - 4.61 (m, 4H) 4.55 - 4.23 (m, 3H), 3.89 - 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 1.19 (s, 9H)
Figure imgf000071_0001
N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide:
A mixture of TBAF (173 mg, 0.7 mmol) and 4 A Molecular sieves (500 mg) in THF (50 mL) was stirred for 30 min at -20°C, and followed by addition of a solution of N- (((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)methylene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (700 mg, 1.3 mmol) and TMSCF3 (939 mg, 6.6 mmol) in THF (30 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, quenched with water (120 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (4x50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2x50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound (300 mg, 38%, two isomers, 1 : 1 by ¾ MR) as yellow oil. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 600.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.21 - 7.55 (m, 10H), 6.25 - 6.27 (m, 1H), 4.58 - 4.82 (m, 4H), 4.30 - 4.34 (m, 3H) ,3.89 - 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.03 (s, 6H), 1.18 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000071_0002
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine:
To a solution of N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano [3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2- methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (300 mg, 0.5 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added acetyl chloride (5 mL). After stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, the resulting solution was poured into saturated aqueous NaHC03 solution (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3x50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (30 mL), dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give the product as light yellow syrup (210 mg, 85%). (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 496.0. 1H MR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.55 - 7.21 (m, 10H), 6.28 - 6.26 (m, 1H), 4.79 - 4.53 (m, 4H), 4.34 - 4.31 (m, 3H), 3.90 - 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 6H)
Figure imgf000072_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-amino-2,2,2 rifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)- 2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7- bis(benzyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine (280 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was treated with BCI3 (2 mL, 2 mmol, 1M in
dichloromethane) for 30 min at 0°C. The reaction was quenched by methanol (5 mL). Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (5 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (2 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Agilent 1200 prep HPLC): Column, X-Bridge CI 8; mobile phase, 50mmol/L H4HCO3 in water with 0.05% H4OH and CH3CN (15% up to 28% in 7 mins); Detector, 220 nm) gave
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (50.7 mg, 28%, Faster eluting isomer); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 315.9; 1H MR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.23 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (dd, J= 4.5 Hz, 4.2Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.55 - 3.60 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 6H); and (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (56.5 mg, 32%, Slower eluting isomer); (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 315.9; 1H MR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.24 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.15 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.82 - 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.58 - 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.49 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 2.88 (s, 6H)
EXAMPLES 16 & 17 (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-(methylamino)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)- l-(dimethylamino)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dime±ylanm
tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)- l-(dimethylamino)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
A mixture of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-amino-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2- (dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (50 mg, 0.16 mmol) and potassium carbonate (125 mg, 0.9 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was treated with CH3I (258 mg, 1.8 mmol) for overnight at room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by dimethylamine (2 mL, 4 mmol, 2M in THF). Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (50 mL) and filtered through a short silica gel column to get a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: (Agilent 1200 Prep- HPLC): Column, X-Bridge Prep C18, 19 * 150mm; mobile phase, water and CH3CN (15% - 45% in 10 mins); Detector, UV 200nm) gave (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(methylamino)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (10.2 mg, 20%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 330.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.26 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.09 - 4.07 (m, 1H), 3.95 - 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.86 - 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.71 - 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.42 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.92 (s, 6H), 2.44 (s, 3H); and (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5- ((R)-l-(dimethylamino)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7- diol as a white solid (15.9 mg, 29%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 344.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.22 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.17 - 4.13 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.52 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.89 (s, 6H), 2.42 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLES 18 & 19 (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethyl
5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
Figure imgf000074_0001
(S)-l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethanol:
A solution of DMSO (51.1 g, 0.66 mol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (800 mL) was treated with oxalyl dichloride (61.7 g, 0.49 mol) at -78°C for 1 hour, and followed by addition of ((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)methanol (35 g, 82 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 4 hours at -30°C, and followed by addition of triethylamine (99.2 g, 0.98 mol) at -78 °C. After 1 hour at -30°C, the reaction was quenched by H20 (800 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x300 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford crude aldehyde, which was treated with methylmagnesium chloride (68 mL, 204 mmol, 3M in THF) in THF (600 mL) at 0 °C. After 5 hours at 20°C, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous H4C1 solution (400 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (4x300 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 40% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (19.6 g, 54%, two isomers, the ratio was 1 :4 by 1HNMR) as a light yellow syrup. (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 443.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.41 - 7.30 (m, 10H), 6.35 - 6.32 (m, 1H), 4.80 - 4.65 (m, 4H), 4.42 - 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.89 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.39 - 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 6H), 1.26 - 1.20 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000075_0001
l-((3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)ethanone :
A solution of DMSO (25.4 g, 325 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (400 mL) was treated with oxalyl dichloride (30.8 g, 244 mmol) at -78°C for 1 hour, and followed by addition of (S)-l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethanol (18 g, 40 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 4 hours at -50°C and then treated with triethylamine (49.3 g, 488 mmol) at -78°C. After 1 hour at -30°C, the reaction was quenched by H20 (500 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x150 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (1 1.3 g, 63%) as a light yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 441.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 - 7.31 (m, 10H), 6.29 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.81 - 4.55 (m, 4H), 4.35 - 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.18 - 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.1 1 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000075_0002
N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethylidene)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide:
To a solution of l-((3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethanone (1.4 g, 3.2 mmol) in THF (60 mL) was added Ti(OEt)4 (1.8 g, 7.9 mmol) and 2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (760 mg, 6.3 mmol). After stirred for 12 hours at 60°C, the reaction was quenched by water (60 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x70 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The crude residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 3% - 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (1. lg, 64%, E/Z= 1 : 1 determined by 1H MR) as a light yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 544.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.42 - 7.29 (m, 10H), 6.39 - 6.28 (m, 1H), 4.80 - 4.58 (m, 4H), 4.55 - 4.19 (m, 2H), 4.18 - 4.04 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.35 - 2.33 (m, 3H), 1.36 - 1.30 (m, 9H).
Figure imgf000076_0001
N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide:
To a solution of N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2- (dimethylamino)-5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazol-5 -yl)ethylidene)-2- methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (900 mg, 1.7 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was added NaBH4 (129 mg, 3.4 mmol). After additional 1 hour at 25°C, the reaction was quenched by water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x40 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (785 mg, 87%), two isomers, the ratio was 2:3 by 1HNMR) as a light yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 546.0; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.43 - 7.29 (m, 10H), 6.32 - 6.27 (m, 1H), 4.77 - 4.61 (m, 4H), 4.42 - 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.83 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.63 - 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.42 - 3.37 (m, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 1.39 - 1.30 (m, 9H), 1.17 - 1.15 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000077_0001
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(l-aminoethyl)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine:
A solution of N-(l-((3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-5-yl)ethyl)-2-methylpropane-2-sulfinamide (685 mg, 1.3 mmol) in methanol was bubbled with dry hydrogen chloride gas for 10 mins at 0°C. After additional 2 hours at room temperature, volatiles were distilled out to give a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (10 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (3 mL). After concentrated under vacuum, the residue was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20% -
50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to afford the title compound (416 mg, 75%, two isomers, the ratio was 2:3 by 1HNMR) as a light yellow syrup. (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 442.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 7.44 - 7.31 (m, 10H), 6.33 - 6.30 (m, 1H), 4.81 - 4.62 (m, 4H), 4.58 - 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.70 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.47 - 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.31 - 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 1.15 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1.2H), 0.99 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1.8H).
Figure imgf000077_0002
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol & (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethyl
5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
A solution of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(l-aminoethyl)-6,7-bis(benzyloxy)-N,N- dimethyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-amine (350 mg, 0.8 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was treated with BCI3 in dichloromethane (8 mL, 8 mmol, 1M in dichloromethane) for 2 hours at -78°C. The reaction was quenched by methanol (30 mL).
Removal of volatiles gave a residue, which was dissolved into methanol (10 mL) and neutralized with concentrated H4OH (4 mL). After concentrated under reduced pressure, the crude product was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 20% methanol in dichloromethane to give a mixture of the above two compounds. Separation by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (Agilent Prep 1200 Detecl): Column, SunFire Prep C18; mobile phase, Water with 0.05% ammonia and CH3CN (10% up to 30% in 10 mins); Detector, 220 nm) gave
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid: (31.9 mg, 15%, faster eluting isomer); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 262.0; 1HNMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.19 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.58 - 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.21 - 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.03 - 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 1.09 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 3H); and (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((S)-l-aminoethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (49.3 mg, 24%, slower eluting isomer); (ES, m/z): [M+H]+ 262.0; 1HNMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 6.25 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.92 - 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.55 - 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.37 - 3.42 (m, 1H), 2.99 (s, 6H), 1.11 (d, 7= 6.9 Hz, 3H).
EXAMPLE 20
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-(allyloxy)benzyloxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000078_0002
Figure imgf000078_0003
Figure imgf000078_0004
(4-(allyloxy)phenyl)methanol :
To a solution of 4-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (5 g, 40 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added potassium carbonate (7.5 g, 54 mmol) and 3-bromoprop-l-ene (5 g, 41 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred overnight at 25°C, then quenched by the addition of water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3x50 mL), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 5% - 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as light yellow oil (4.5 g, 68%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ :
165.0; 1H MR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.29 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.13 - 6.05 (m, 1H), 5.44 - 5.37 (m, 1H), 5.27 - 5.22 (m, 1H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 4.49 - 4.46 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000079_0001
l-(allyloxy)-4-(chloromethyl)benzene:
A solution of (4-(allyloxy)phenyl)methanol (4 g, 24 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was treated with SOCl2 (6 g, 50 mmol) for 30 min at room temperature. Volatiles were distilled out to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 1% - 5% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give 2 as light yellow oil (2 g, 45%). 1H MR (300 MHz, CDCls) δ 7.34 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H), 6.14 - 6.02 (m, 1H), 5.48 - 5.41 (m, 1H), 5.35 - 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.56 - 4.54 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000079_0002
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-(allyloxy)benzyloxy)-2,2,2 rifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
A solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l- hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was treated with IN solution of KHMDS (0.33 ml, 0.33 mmol) in THF at 0°C for 30 min, followed by the addition of l-(allyloxy)-4-(chloromethyl)benzene (144 mg, 0.79 mmol) and KI (26.6 mg, 0.16 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by the addition of water (1 mL) and concentrated. The crude residue filtered through a short silica gel column and purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: [(Agilent 1200 Prep-HPLC): Column, X-Bridge Prep C18, 19 * 150mm; mobile phase, water with 0.05% H4H2O and CH3CN (30% - 60% in 8 min); Detector, UV 200nm] to give the title compound as a white solid (50 mg, 33%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+: 463.1 ; 1H NMR (300MHz, CDC13) δ 7.31 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.15 - 6.02 (m, 1H), 5.48 - 5.40 (m, 1H), 5.33 - 5.29 (m, 1H), 4.90 - 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.65 - 4.61 (m, 1H), 4.57 - 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.29 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.17 - 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.08 - 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.96 - 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.79 - 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.16 (s, 6H).
EXAMPLE 21
Figure imgf000080_0001
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-hydroxybenzyloxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2-d]thiazole-6, 7-diol :
To a solution of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-(allyloxy)benzyloxy)-2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (300 mg, 0.65 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) was added HCOOH (35.8 mg, 0.78 mmol), triethylamine (163 mg, 1.6 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (75 mg, 0.06 mmol) at 0°C under nitrogen atmosphere. After kept for 20 min at 60°C, additional HCOOH (358 mg, 7.8 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred for another 1 h at 60 °C and then cooled to room temperature. Volatiles were distilled out to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted withl% - 3% methanol in dichloromethane to give (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-hydroxybenzyloxy)-2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol as a white solid (100 mg, 36%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+: 423.1; 1H NMR (300MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.24 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.28 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 - 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.02 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.86 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 6H).
The compounds in Table 1 were prepared by methods substantially similar to those described above. Table 1
Figure imgf000081_0001
pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(3-
29 377.0
ΗΟ'Ύ 'Ν fluoropropoxy)ethyl)-5, 6,7,7a- OH
tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(4-
30 391.0
Η04Ύ"'Ν N fluorobutoxy)ethyl)-5 , 6, 7, 7a- OH
tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2- x trifluoro-l-(5-
31 405.0
HO*' Y 'N \ fluoropentyloxy)ethyl)-5 , 6, 7, 7a-
OH
tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((S)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-(5-
32 F'c 405.0
H¾O*' Y:: 'HN \ fluoropentyloxy)ethyl)-5 , 6, 7, 7a-
OH
tetrahydro-3 aH-pyrano [3 ,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-
O
trifluoro-l-(2-
33 430.0 morpholinoethoxy)ethyl)-
OH 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(2- cyclohexylethoxy)-2,2,2-
34 trifluoroethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)- 427.0
HCf' Y 'N N 5 , 6, 7, 7a-tetrahydro-3 aH- OH
pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
EXAMPLE117
(1R,2R,6R,8S,9S)-N, 11, 1 l-trimethyl-8-[(l S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[(4-fluorophenyl)methoxy]ethyl]- 7, 10, 12-trioxa-5 -thia-3 -azatricyclo [7.3.0.0 [2, 6] ] dodec-3 -en-4-amine :
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000096_0002
Figure imgf000096_0003
tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7-dihydroxy- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate:
A solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-6,7-dihydroxy-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro- l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2-yl(methyl)carbamate (350 mg, 0.87 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was treated with IN solution of KHMDS (1.3 mL, 1.30 mmol) in THF at 0 °C for 30 min, followed by the addition of l-(chloromethyl)-4-fluorobenzene (250 mg, 1.73 mmol) and KI (73 mg, 0.44 mmol). After additional 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction was quenched by the addition of water (1 mL) and concentrated to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 20% - 40% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the title compound as a yellow syrup (220 mg, 50%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 511.1; 1H MR (300 MHz, CD3CI) δ 7.33 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.14 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.15 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.96 - 4.93 (m, 1H), 4.68 - 4.64 (m, 1H), 4.26 - 4.24 (m, 1H), 4.17 - 4.11 (m, 1H), 3.93 - 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H).
Figure imgf000097_0001
tert-butyl N-[(lR,2R,6R,8S,9S)-l l, l l-dimethyl-8-[(l S)-2,2,2- trifluoro-l-[(4- fluorophenyl)methoxy] ethyl] -7, 10, 12-trioxa-5 -thia-3 -azatricyclo [7.3.0.0 [2, 6] ] dodec-3 -en-4-yl] - N-methylcarbamate :
To a solution of tert-butyl (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-5-((R)-l-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)- 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-6,7-dihydroxy-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol-2- yl(methyl)carbamate (70 mg, 0.14 mmol) in acetone (10 mL) was added 2-methoxyprop-l-ene (198 mg, 2.75 mmol) and p-TsOU (4.8 mg, 0.03 mmol) at 25°C. After stirring 1 hour at this temperature, the reaction was quenched by saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by a silica gel column, eluted with 8% - 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to give the product as a yellow syrup (40 mg, 53%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 551.1; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3C1) δ 7.34 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.17 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 5.98 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.25 - 4.21 (m, 1H), 4.16 - 4.11 (m, 1H), 3.93 - 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.83 - 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000097_0002
(1R,2R,6R,8S,9S)-N, 11, 1 l-trimethyl-8-[(l S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[(4-fluorophenyl)methoxy]ethyl]- 7, 10, 12-trioxa-5 -thia-3 -azatricyclo [7.3.0.0 [2, 6] ] dodec-3 -en-4-amine :
A solution of tert-butyl N-[(lR,2R,6R,8S,9S)-l l, l l-dimethyl-8-[(l S)-2,2,2- trifluoro- 1 - [(4-fluorophenyl)methoxy] ethyl] -7, 10, 12-trioxa-5 -thia-3 - azatricyclo [7.3.0.0 [2, 6]] dodec-3 -en-4-yl] -N-methylcarbamate (120 mg, 0.22 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was treated with IN οΐ bromomethylmagnesium (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmol) in THF for 1 hour at 25°C. The reaction was quenched by water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to give a residue, which was purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions [(Agilent 1200 prep HPLC); Column: Sun Fire Prep C18, 19*50mm 5um; mobile phase: water with 0.03% H4OH and CH3CN (10% CH3CN up to 45% in 10 min);
Detector: UV 220nm)] to give the product as a white solid (52 mg, 53%). (ES, m/z) [M+H]+ 451.1; 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.36 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.10 - 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.23 (d, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 4.30 - 4.28 (m, 1H), 4.17 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.98 - 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.87 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.73 - 3.67 (m, 1H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 118
(3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[nC] methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000098_0001
Scheme XV
Figure imgf000098_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of [1 lC]iodomethane. [1 lC]C02 was produced using a Siemens RDS-111 cyclotron and the [nC]C02 was converted to [nC]MeI using a GE Medical Systems TRACERlab FCX system.
Step 2: [1 lC]MeI (from Step 1, 297 mCi) was trapped in a 0 °C mixture of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)- 2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-hydroxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol (0.42 mg) in DMF (0.25 mL) containing 1 μΐ of KHMDS (1 M in THF). The reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 90°C, heated for 5 minutes, diluted with ¾0
(0.8 mL) and injected onto the HPLC (XBridge CI 8, 10 X 150 mm, Waters). The desired peak (retention time 12.1 min) was eluted with a solvent system consisting 20% A 80% B to 80% A 20%B under 20-min linear gradient at 3 mL/min (A=MeCN, B= 0.1% ammonium hydroxide), and collected in a heated round bottom flask on a rotary evaporator. The solution was concentrated and vacuum transferred to a septum capped 5 mL v-vial. The round bottom flask was rinsed with ethanol (0.1 mL) and saline (1-2 mL) and vacuum transferred to the same v-vial to give 51 mCi of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[nC] methoxyethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol.
EXAMPLE 119 (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[nC] (4- methoxybenzyloxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000099_0001
[1 lC]MeI (494 mCi) (synthesized by the same procedure disclosed in Example 118) was trapped in a 0°C mixture of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-(4- hydroxybenzyloxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (Example 21) in DMF (0.42 mg, 0.25 mL) containing 1.5 μΐ of TBAOH (1 M in methanol). The reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 70°C, heated for 5 minutes, diluted with H2O (0.8 mL) and injected onto the HPLC (XBridge CI 8, 10 X 150 mm, Waters). The mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile (CH3CN) (A) and 0.1% ammonium hydroxide (pH 10) (B). The solvent system started with 35% A and 65% B for 0-8 min at 3 mL/min, and then a gradient method was followed. A linear gradient of 35% A to 60% A over 6 min, holding at 60% A for 10 min with a run time of 25 min at 3 mL/min was used. The preparative run was monitored at 254 nm with an Amersham Bioscience (Piscataway, NJ) UV-M II detector and a Bioscan (Missisauga, Ontario, Canada) FlowCount radioactivity detector.
The desired peak (retention time 15.7 min) was collected in a heated round bottom flask on a rotary evaporator. The solution was concentrated and vacuum transferred to a septum capped 5 mL v-vial. The round bottom flask was rinsed with ethanol (0.1 mL) and saline (1-2 mL) and vacuum transferred to the same v-vial to give 31.9 mCi of (3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (dimethylamino)-5-((R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[nC](4-methoxybenzyloxy)ethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro- 3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol.
EXAMPLE 120
[11C](3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-l-ethoxy-2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol:
Figure imgf000100_0001
[1 lC]MeI (235 mCi) (synthesized by the same procedure disclosed in Example 118) was trapped in a 0 °C mixture of (lR,2R,6R,8S,9S)-N, l l, l l-trimethyl-8-[(l S)-2,2,2-trifluoro-l-[(4- fluorophenyl)methoxy] ethyl] -7, 10, 12-trioxa-5 -thia-3 -azatricyclo [7.3.0.0 [2, 6] ] dodec-3 -en-4-amine in DMF (0.45 mg, 0.45 mL) containing 1 μΐ of KHMDS (1 M in THF). The reaction mixture was transferred to a 2 mL v-vial at 90°C, heated for 4 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool for 2 min. Hydrogen chloride (400 |iL, 6M) was added to the crude reaction mixture. The mixture was heated at 140°C for 15 min. After cooling for 5 min, the mixture was diluted with water (800 |iL) and loaded onto an Xbridge C-18 semi-preparative HPLC column. The mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile (CH3CN) (A) and 0.1% ammonium hydroxide (pH 10) (B). A linear gradient of 30% A 70%B to 90% A 10% B over 15 min at 3 mL/min was used. The peak corresponding to [nC](3aR,5S,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-((S)-l-ethoxy-2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol eluting at 10.6 min was collected, and most of the solvent was evaporated, and transferred into a sterile vial for animal studies.
Biological Activity
Assay for determination of Kj values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase activity
Experimental procedure for kinetic analyses
Enzymatic reactions were carried out in a reaction containing 50mM NaH2PC"4,
100 mM NaCl and 0.1% BSA (pH 7.0) using 2 mM 4-Methylumbelliferyl N-acetyl-β-ϋ- glucosaminide dihydrate (Sigma M2133) dissolved in ddH20, as a substrate. The amount of purified human O-GlcNAcase enzyme used in the reaction was 0.7 nM. Test compound of varying concentrations was added to the enzyme prior to initiation of the reaction. The reaction was performed at room temperature in a 96-well plate and was initiated with the addition of substrate. The production of fluorescent product was measured every 60 sec for 45 min with a Tecan Infinite M200 plate-reader with excitation at 355nM and emission detected at 460nM, with 4-Methylumbelliferone (Sigma M1381) used to produce a standard curve. The slope of product production was determined for each concentration of compound tested and plotted, using standard curve fitting algorithms for sigmoidal dose response curves. The values for a four parameter logistic curve fit of the data was determined.
Ki values were determined using the Cheng-Prusoff equation; the Km of O- GlcNAcase for substrate was 0.2 mM. Examples 1 to 120 were tested in the above described assay and exhibited ¾ values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase in the range 0.1 nM-10 μΜ.
Representative data from the assay described above are shown in Table 2 (Example 117 is a synthetic intermediate and does not possess inhibitory activity in the aforementioned range).
Assay for determination of cellular activity for compounds that inhibit O-GlcNAcase activity
Inhibition of O-GlcNAcase, which removes O-GlcNAc from cellular proteins, results in an increase in the level of O-GlcNAcylated protein in cells. An increase in O- GlcNAcylated protein can be measured by an antibody, such as RL-2, that binds to O- GlcNAcylated protein. The amount of O-GlcNAcylated protein:RL2 antibody interaction can be measured by enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) procedures.
A variety of tissue culture cell lines, expressing endogenous levels of O- GlcNAcase, can be utilized; examples include rat PC-12, and human U-87, or SK-N-SH cells. In this assay, rat PC-12 cells were plated in 96-well plates with approximately 10,000 cells / well. Compounds to be tested were dissolved in DMSO, either 2 or 10 mM stock solution, and then diluted with DMSO and water in a two-step process using a Tecan workstation. Cells were treated with diluted compounds for 24 hours (5.4 μί into 200 μΐ. 1 well volume) to reach a final concentration of inhibitor desired to measure a compound concentration dependent response, typically, ten 3 fold dilution steps, starting at 10 μΜ are used to determine a concentration response curve. To prepare a cell lysate, the media from compound treated cells was removed, the cells were washed once with phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and then lysed for 5 minutes at room temperature in 50 μΐ. of Phosphosafe reagent (Novagen Inc, Madison, WI) with protease inhibitors and PMSF. The cell lysate was collected and transferred to a new plate, which was then either coated to assay plates directly or frozen -80°C until used in the ELISA procedure. If desired, the total protein concentration of samples is determined using 20 μΐ, of the sample using the BCA method.
The ELISA portion of the assay was performed in a black Maxisorp 96-well plate that was coated overnight at 4°C with 100 μΐ, /well of the cell lysate (1 : 10 dilution of the lysate with PBS containing protease inhibitors, phosphatase inhibitors, and PMSF. The following day the wells were washed 3 times with 300 μΐ, /well of Wash buffer (Tris-buffered saline with 0.1% Tween 20). The wells were blocked with 100 μΐ, /well Blocking buffer (Tris buffered saline w/0.05% Tween 20 and 2.5% Bovine serum albumin). Each well was then washed two times with 300 ul/well of wash buffer. The anti O-GlcNAc antibody RL-2 (Abeam, Cambridge, MA), diluted 1 : 1000 in blocking buffer, was added at 100 μΐ/well. The plate was sealed and incubated at 37°C for 2 hr with gentle shaking. The wells were then washed 3 -times with 300 μΐ/well wash buffer. To detect the amount of RL-2 bound horse-radish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated goat anti-mouse secondary antibody (diluted 1 :3000 in blocking buffer) was added at 100 μΐ, /well. The plate was incubated for 60 min at 37°C with gentle shaking. Each well was then washed 3- times with 300 μΐ/well wash buffer. The detection reagent was added, 100 μΐ, /well of Amplex Ultra RED reagent (prepared by adding 30 μί of 10 mM Amplex Ultra Red stock solution to 10 ml PBS with 18 μΐ, 3% hydrogen peroxide, H2O2). The detection reaction was incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature and then read with excitation at 530 nm and emission at 590 nm.
The amount of O-GlcNAcylated protein, as detected by the ELISA assay, was plotted for each concentration of test compound using standard using standard curve fitting algorithms for sigmoidal dose response curves. The values for a four parameter logistic curve fit of the data were determined, with the inflection point of the curve being the potency value for the test compound.
Representative data from the cell-based assay described above are shown in Table
2.
Table 2- O-GlcNAcase Inhibitory Data and Cell Based Data for Selected Compounds
Figure imgf000103_0001
52 1.38 21.33
54 1.35 31.09
55 0.65 79.45
57 1.11 62.09
58 0.84 76.88
60 0.45 9.529
61 1.98 7.726
64 1.32 8.432
65 1.02 27.74
66 2.32 13.53
69 1.13 24.01
70 0.61 17.79
71 0.78 30.76
74 2250 ND
76 726 ND
79 3.77 172.9
80 1.49 78.52
85 3.11 ND
87 0.71 46.41
88 0.59 46.56
89 1.44 57.44
96 12.5 ND
102 1.06 40.11
104 4.29 62.36
105 43.6 ND
108 12.2 96.32
109 6.73 80.17
116 102 ND
Assay for determination of apparent permeability (Papp)
Bi-directional transport was evaluated in LLC-PKl cells in order to determine apparent permeability (Papp). LLC-PKl cells can form a tight monolayer and therefore can be used to assess vectorial transport of compounds from basolateral to apical (B— >A) and from apical to basolateral (A— » B).
To determine Papp, LLC-PKl cells were cultured in 96-well transwell culture plates (Millipore). Solutions containing the test compounds (1 μΜ) were prepared in Hank's Balanced Salt Solution with 10 mM HEPES. Substrate solution (150 μί) was added to either the apical (A) or the basolateral (B) compartment of the culture plate, and buffer (150 μϋ) was added to the compartment opposite to that containing the compound. At t = 3 h, 50 μΐ. samples were removed from both sides of monolayers dosed with test compound and placed in 96 well plates, scintillant (200 μί) or internal standard (100 μΐ. labetolol ΙμΜ) was added to the samples and concentration was determined by liquid scintillation counting in a MicroBeta Wallac Trilux scintillation counter (Perkin Elmer Life Sciences, Boston, MA) or by LCMS/MS (Applied Biosystems SCIEX API 5000 triple quadruple mass spectrometer). [3H]Verapamil (1 μΜ) was used as the positive control. The experiment was performed in triplicate.
The apparent permeability, Papp, was calculated by the following formula for samples taken at t = 3 h:
p _ Volume of Receptor Chamber (mL) Δ in Concentration (μΜ) app [Area of membrane (cm2 )] [Initial Concentration (βΜ)] A in Time (s)
Where: Volume of Receptor Chamber was 0.15 mL; Area of membrane was 0.11 cm2; the Initial Concentration is the sum of the concentration measured in the donor plus concentration measured in receiver compartments at t = 3 h; Δ in Concentration is concentration in the receiver compartment at 3 h; and Δ in Time is the incubation time (3 x 60 x 60 = 10800 s). Papp was expressed as 10"6 cm/s. The Papp (LLC-PK1 cells) are the average of the Papp for transport from A to B and Papp for transport from B to A at t = 3 h:
P^LLC - PKl Cells) = Representative data from the permeability assays described above are shown in Table 3.
Table 3. Permeability Data for Selected Compounds
Example Papp (X10-6cm/sec)
2 20.8
3 28.3
4 27.3
9 31.5
16 15.5
17 31.2
20 29.8
22 27.2 23 23.6
25 29.5
26 30.8
27 32
29 20.9
30 30.8
31 31.3
34 33.3
35 33.6
36 28.1
40 31.2
41 30.7
42 15.2
46 34.5
47 34
49 29.8
50 31.5
51 30.9
52 30.5
53 33.0
54 31.3
55 27.1
57 16.37
58 26.2
59 29.6
60 29.0
61 29.0
62 31.1
63 31.2
64 29.9
65 28.8
66 28.2
67 29.5
68 34.1
69 31.1
70 29.5 71 34.6
72 25.4
73 19.9
74 24.5
79 20.4
80 28.5
83 29.7
84 27.0
85 26.3
86 29.9
89 25.4
93 29.2
94 24.6
96 30.1
97 24.7
98 29.1
99 21.7
100 28.1
101 28.9
107 31.3
109 26.3
Table 4 shows O-GlcNAcase inhibitory activity and permeability for structurally similar compounds described in PCT/USl 1/059668 In comparing the data obtained for the compounds of the invention set forth in Tables 2 and 3 to data obtained for the compounds set forth in Table 4, it can be seen that the compounds of the invention retain high potency yet also exhibit enhanced permeability over the compounds set forth in Table 4.
Table 4 - Comparative O-GlcNAcase Inhibitory and Permeability Data for Compounds Described
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000109_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
each R is independently H or C(0)CH3;
R1 and R2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3 or (c)Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3;
or R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine;
R3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted with phenyl;
R5 is
(A) Cl-8alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
(1) fluoro,
(2) morpholino,
(3) C3-6cycloalkyl,
(4) pyridinyl optionally substituted with Cl-6alkyl,
(5) phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from:
(a) fluoro, (b) hydroxy, (c) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 fluoro, (d) Cl-6alkenyl, (e) Cl-5alkoxy optionally substituted with
fluoro, (f) phenyl, (g) phenyloxy, (h) benzyloxy and (i) Cl-lOalkylphenyl; (B) phenyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from (1) -N02,
(2) - H2 , (3) fluoro, (4) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and (5) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro; and
(C) pyridinyl optionally substituted with (1) fluoro, (2) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and (3) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
2. The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl.
3. The compound according to claim 1 of Formula (la) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000110_0001
Formula (la).
4. The compound according to claim 1 of Formula (lb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000110_0002
Formula (lb).
5. The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from
(1) fluoro,
(2) morpholino,
(3) C3-6cycloalkyl, (4) pyridinyl optionally substituted with Cl-6alkyl,
(5) phenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 4 substituents selected from: (a) fluoro, (b) hydroxy, (c) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro,
(d) Cl-6alkenyl, (e) Cl-5alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro, (f) phenyl, (g) phenyloxy, (h) benzyloxy and (i) Cl-6alkylphenyl.
6. The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is phenyl optionally substituted with one substituent selected from (1) -N02, (2) - H2 , (3) fluoro, (4) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and (5) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
7. The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R3 is methyl or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is hydrogen; and
R5 is pyridinyl optionally substituted with (1) fluoro, (2) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with fluoro and (3) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with fluoro.
8. The compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 1-11, 20-111, 118, 119 and 120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
9. A compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000111_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
each R is independently H or C(0)CH3; R1 and R2 are independently (a) hydrogen, (b) Cl-6alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3, or (c) Cl-6alkoxy optionally substituted with F, -OH, -OCH3 and -CH3; or
R and R2 may be joined together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine or isoxazolidine;
R3 is Cl-lOalkyl optionally substituted from 1 to 3 fluoro;
R4 and R5 are independently hydrogen or CI -6 alkyl; and
R6 is hydrogen, Cl-6alkyl or C3-6cycloalkyl.
10. The compound according to claim 9 of Formula (Ila) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000112_0001
11. The compound according to claim 9 of Formula (lib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000112_0002
Formula (lib).
12. The compound according to claim 9, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of Examples 12-19, and 113-117 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
13. The compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is isotopically labeled as nC, 13C, 14C, 18F , 2H and 3H.
14. The compound according to claim 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is isotopically labeled as nC, 13C, 14C, 18F, 2H and 3H.
15. A compound selected from the group consisting of Examples 118-120 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The compound according to claim 15 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is isotopically labeled with nC.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
18. A method for treating a disease or disorder selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies, glaucoma, schizophrenia, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, Schizophrenia, Mild Cognitive Impairment (MCI), Neuropathy (including peripheral neuropathy, autonomic neuropathy, neuritis, diabetic neuropathy) and cancer, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The method according to claim 20 wherein the related tauopathies are selected from one or more of the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration,
Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Post-encephalitic parkinsonism (PEP), Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease (CJD), Variant Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease (vCJD), Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Richardson's syndrome, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, and Tangle-only dementia.
20. A method of treating a condition modulated by O-GlcNAcase in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the condition is selected from one or more of the group consisting of an inflammatory disease, an allergy, asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis, systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity response, drug allergy, insect sting allergy, autoimmune disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Guillain- Barre syndrome, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis,
autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, allograft rejection, graft-versus-host disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, spondyloarthropathy, scleroderma, psoriasis, T- cell mediated psoriasis, inflammatory dermatosis, dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria, vasculitis, necrotizing, cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis, eosinphilic myotis, eosiniphilic fasciitis, solid organ transplant rejection, heart transplant rejection, lung transplant rejection, liver transplant rejection, kidney transplant rejection, pancreas transplant rejection, kidney allograft, lung allograft, epilepsy, pain, fibromyalgia, stroke, and neuroprotection.
21. A method for diagnostic imaging of O-GlcNAcase in a mammal, the method comprising administering to the mammal in need of such diagnostic imaging an effective amount of a compound according to claim 16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
22. The method according to claim 21, wherein diagnostic imaging is carried out by performing positron emission tomography (PET) imaging, magnetic resonance imaging, or autoradiography.
23. The method according to claim 22 for diagnosing and monitoring the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
PCT/CN2012/075185 2012-05-08 2012-05-08 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof WO2013166654A1 (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/075185 WO2013166654A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2012-05-08 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
CN201380023214.4A CN104395323B (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitor and application thereof
RU2014149183A RU2707292C2 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and use thereof
EP13787989.6A EP2847199B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2015511546A JP6178843B2 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2013259892A AU2013259892B2 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
BR112014027724-9A BR112014027724B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Compound and pharmaceutical composition
PCT/US2013/039377 WO2013169576A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US14/399,146 US9611275B2 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR1020147031131A KR102108586B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
CA2871920A CA2871920C (en) 2012-05-08 2013-05-03 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2012/075185 WO2013166654A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2012-05-08 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013166654A1 true WO2013166654A1 (en) 2013-11-14

Family

ID=49550060

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/075185 WO2013166654A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2012-05-08 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013166654A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104961781A (en) * 2015-06-04 2015-10-07 淮海工学院 2-deoxy-2-isorhodanate-1,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzyl-beta-D-glucopyranose, and synthetic method and application thereof
DE202014011287U1 (en) 2013-06-11 2019-02-06 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College SC-β cells and compositions for producing the cells

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008025170A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008025170A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE202014011287U1 (en) 2013-06-11 2019-02-06 The President And Fellows Of Harvard College SC-β cells and compositions for producing the cells
EP3569694A1 (en) 2013-06-11 2019-11-20 President and Fellows of Harvard College Sc-beta cells and compositions and methods for generating the same
CN104961781A (en) * 2015-06-04 2015-10-07 淮海工学院 2-deoxy-2-isorhodanate-1,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzyl-beta-D-glucopyranose, and synthetic method and application thereof

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2013259892B2 (en) Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2012276257B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2016202186B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2011349021B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2672873C2 (en) Glycosidase inhibitors and their applications
WO2012061972A1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014100934A1 (en) Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8901087B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013166654A1 (en) Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12876311

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12876311

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1